Sony PM-0220 GSM/UMTS/LTE Mobile Phone with WLAN, BT, RFID User Manual

Sony Mobile Communications Inc GSM/UMTS/LTE Mobile Phone with WLAN, BT, RFID

Contents

User Manual

’13.1INSTRUCTION MANUAL
IntroductionThank you for your purchase of "SO-02E".For proper use of the SO-02E, read this manual carefully before and while you use the SO-02E.About manuals of SO-02EIn addition to this manual, the operations of SO-02E are described in "クイックスタートガイド (Quick Start Guide)" (in Japanese only) and "Instruction Manual" application of the terminal (in Japanese only).●"クイックスタートガイド (Quick Start Guide)" (Supplied accessories)The initial operations and settings after purchasing the terminal, screen view contents and operations of main function are explained. (In Japanese only)●"Instruction Manual" (Application of the terminal)Similarly to this manual, operations and settings of each function are explained. To use "Instruction Manual" application, from the Home screen, tap   and [Instruction Manual]. When using for the first time or reinstalling, download and install the application according to the onscreen instructions. You can use the application as an electronic book. You can also shift to actual operations by tapping the description in the contents or view reference contents. (In Japanese only)❖Note・For downloading or updating the application, a high packet communication charge will be applied because of a large amount data communication. For this reason, subscription of packet flat-rate service is highly recommended.* If you use Wi-Fi function to download, packet communication charges are not applied.●"Instruction Manual" (PDF file)Operations and settings of each function are explained. It can be downloaded from NTT DOCOMO website.http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/support/trouble/manual/download/index.html* You can download the latest information of "クイックスタートガイド (Quick Start Guide)" (in Japanese only). The URL and contents are subject to change without prior notice.❖Note・Reproduction or reprint of all or part of this manual without prior permission is prohibited.・Important information for SO-02E is posted in the following website. Be sure to check before using.http://www.sonymobile.co.jp/support/use_support/product/so-02e/ (in Japanese only)●スマホなるほどツアーズ for docomo with series "Tips of smartphone for docomo with series" (Widget in the terminal)An widget with which you can easily learn useful functions and basic operations you should know with Docomodake.To use Tips of smartphone for docomo with series, from the Home screen, tap  .
1Operation descriptionsIn this manual, each key operation is described with p, x, y, r, m. And selection operations of the icons or function items on the touch panel are described as follows.❖Information・In this manual, the instructions are described with the default Home screen. If you set the other application to the home screen, the operations may differ from the descriptions.・Display examples and illustrations used in this manual are just images for explanations and may be different from actual ones.・In this manual, the easier procedure is described for the functions and settings which have multiple operating procedures.・Please note that "SO-02E" is called "the terminal" in this manual.・In this manual, explanations for "docomo" as Home application are provided. To switch the Home applications, see "Learning Home screen" (P.60).Description OperationFrom the Home screen, tap   and tap [Settings]u[About phone].From the Home screen, tap   (Applications button), and then tap "Settings" on the next screen and "About phone" on the following screen in order.Touch and hold an icon.Keep touching an icon longer (1-2 seconds).
2・クイックスタートガイド (Quick Start Guide) (In Japanese only)・SO-02Eのご利用にあたっての注意事項安全上/取り扱い上のご注意 (Notes on usage Safety/Handling precautions) (In Japanese only)・Battery Pack SO06・1Seg antenna cable SO01(with manual)・microSD card (2GB)* (Sample)(with manual)* Inserted in the terminal when purchased.・Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample) (with manual)For details on optional devices, see "Optional and related devices" (P.231).Supplied accessoriesSupplied accessories・SO-02E (with warranty) Back cover SO20クイックスタートガイド
Contents/Precautions3Contents■Supplied accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2■About using the terminal  . . . . . . . . . . . .  5■Safety Precautions (Always follow these directions)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7■Handling precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Before Using the Terminal . . . 22Part names and functions................................................22docomo mini UIM card .....................................................23microSD card ...........................................................................24Battery pack..............................................................................25Charging.....................................................................................26Turning power on/off.........................................................30Initial settings (Setup guide) ..........................................31Status bar ...................................................................................33Notification panel .................................................................35Notification LED .....................................................................36Basic operations.....................................................................36Searching information in the terminal and web pages ............................................................................................39Character entry.......................................................................40Setting character entry......................................................53Setting Japanese keyboard.............................................53USB keyboard/Bluetooth keyboard...........................59docomo Palette UI. . . . . . . . . . . 60Home screen............................................................................60Application screen................................................................66Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Making/Receiving a call ....................................................77Call history .................................................................................82Call settings .............................................................................. 84Phonebook ............................................................................... 85Mail/Web browser . . . . . . . . . . . 96sp-mode mail .......................................................................... 96Message (SMS)........................................................................ 96Email.............................................................................................. 99Gmail.......................................................................................... 106Google Talk............................................................................ 106Early Warning "Area Mail".............................................. 107Web browser ........................................................................ 108Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Viewing the setting menu............................................ 112Wireless & networks ......................................................... 112Device ....................................................................................... 125Personal ................................................................................... 134System ...................................................................................... 146File management . . . . . . . . . . .149Handling a file...................................................................... 149Transferring and moving data................................... 149Using infrared communication................................. 153Using Bluetooth function ............................................. 156Sharing files with DLNA devices via Connected devices (Media server) .................................................... 159Applications  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161dmenu ...................................................................................... 161dmarket.................................................................................... 161Play Store ................................................................................ 162Osaifu-Keitai .......................................................................... 163
4Contents/Precautions1Seg............................................................................................ 167FM radio ................................................................................... 174Camera...................................................................................... 175Playing multimedia content........................................ 193Album........................................................................................ 195YouTube................................................................................... 198Connecting the terminal to TV to watch photos and videos .............................................................................. 200Media Player..........................................................................201Timescape™......................................................................... 204Location services................................................................ 207Calendar................................................................................... 213Alarm & clock........................................................................ 215SD card backup ................................................................... 219OfficeSuite .............................................................................. 221International roaming . . . . . . 222Overview of International roaming (WORLD WING)......................................................................................... 222Available Services............................................................... 222Before using...........................................................................223Making/Receiving calls in the country you stay....................................................................................................... 226International roaming settings.................................. 228Appendix/Index. . . . . . . . . . . . 231Optional and related devices ..................................... 231Troubleshooting ................................................................. 231Smartphone Anshin Remote Support ................. 237Warranty and After Sales Services............................ 237Updating software............................................................. 240Main specification.............................................................. 243Specific Absorption Rate of Mobile Phone, etc........................................................................................................ 246End User Licence Agreement.....................................258About Open Source Software .................................... 259Export Controls and Regulations..............................260Intellectual Property Right ........................................... 260SIM unlock.............................................................................. 263Index .......................................................................................... 264
5Contents/PrecautionsContents/Precautions・SO-02E supports LTE, W-CDMA, GSM/GPRS and Wireless LAN Systems.・Because a terminal operates using radio frequencies, it cannot be used inside a tunnel, underground, in a building or other locations where radio waves do not reach the terminal, in locations with weak radio wave condition, or out of Xi/FOMA service area. The services may not be available on high upper floors of high-rise apartments or buildings, even if you can see no obstructions around you. On occasion, your calls may become disconnected even in areas with strong radio wave condition, even if you are not moving, or even if there are 4-antenna marks in the terminal's display.・Because your terminal uses radio waves to communicate, it is possible that a third party may attempt to tap your calls. However, the LTE, W-CDMA, GSM/GPRS system automatically scrambles all calls through a private call feature. Therefore, even if third party successfully intercepts your call, they will only hear noise.・The terminal operates on radio frequencies by converting voice into digital signals. If the caller moves into an area of adverse radio wave condition, the digital signal may not be restored accurately, and the voice received in the call may differ slightly from the actual voice.・Note down the information saved in the terminal in a separate note and keep it safely. Note that DOCOMO assumes no responsibility for any loss of saved contents of data resulting from malfunction, repair, changing of the model or other handling of the terminal.・You are recommended to save important data to microSD card.・As with PCs, some user-installed applications may disrupt the stability of the terminal performance, or unexpectedly transmit information via the Internet causing improper use of your location information as well as personal information recorded on the terminal. Therefore, verify the supplier and operating conditions of the applications to be used before using them.・This terminal has Xi Area, FOMA Plus-Area and FOMA HIGH-SPEED Area support.・The terminal does not support i-mode sites (programs) or i-αppli.About using the terminal
6Contents/Precautions・The terminal automatically performs communication for synchronizing data, checking the latest software version, maintain connection with the server, etc. If you transmit a large amount of data such as downloading applications or watching movie, a packet communication charge becomes high. Subscription of packet flat-rate service is highly recommended.・Public mode (Driving mode) is not supported.・Setting the phone to silent mode does not mute sounds for shutter, playback of video or music, alarm, etc.・The names of the operators are displayed on unlocking screen (P.31).・Your phone number (own number) can be checked as follows:From the Home screen, tap   and tap [Settings]u[About phone]u[Status].・The software version of your terminal can be checked as follows:From the Home screen, tap   and tap [Settings]u[About phone].・You can perform software update by downloading an update file with a PC via Internet and connecting the PC to the terminal. For details, see "Connecting to a PC and updating" (P.242).・By some software updates, the operating system (OS) may be version-upgraded for improving the terminal quality. For this reason, you always need to use the latest OS version. And some applications that used in the previous OS version may not be available or some unintended bugs may occur.・You can use the terminal only with docomo mini UIM card. If you have a UIM or FOMA card, bring it to a docomo Shop to replace.・Set the screen lock to ensure the security of your terminal for its loss. For details, see "Screen lock" (P.142).・If your terminal is lost, change your each account password to invalidate authentication using a PC to prevent other persons from using Google services such as Google Talk, Gmail, Google Play, etc., Facebook, Twitter and mixi.・Google application and service contents are subject to change without prior notice.・The terminal supports only sp-mode, mopera U and Business mopera Internet. Other providers are not supported.・To use tethering, subscription of sp-mode is required.・Packet communication charge when using tethering varies depending on the charging plan you use. Subscription of packet flat-rate service is highly recommended.・For details on usage charge, etc., refer to http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/ .
7Contents/PrecautionsNotice:Pursuant to the Japanese Radio Law (電波法) and the Japanese Telecommunications Business Law (電気通信事業法), this device has been granted a designation number according to the "Ordinance concerning the Technical Regulations Conformity Certification etc. of Specified Radio Equipment (特定無線設備の技術基準適合証明等に関する規則)"R-(W-CDMA)/Article 2-1-11-3,R-(W-CDMA)/Article 2-1-11-7,IEEE802.11bgn (2.4GHz)/Article 2-1-19,IEEE802.11an (5GHz)/Article 2-1-19-3,IEEE802.11an (5GHz)/Article 2-1-19-3-2,LTE/Article 2-1-11-19,BT/Article 2-1-19: 202-LSA035and "Ordinance Concerning Technical Conditions Compliance Approval etc. of Terminal Equipment (端末機器の技術基準適合認定等に関する規則)"T-(W-CDMA): AD 12-0022 202■For safe and proper use of the terminal, please read the "Safety Precautions" prior to use. Keep the Manual in a safe place for future reference.■ALWAYS observe the safety precautions since they intend to prevent personal injury or property damage.■The following symbols indicate the different levels of injury or damage that may result if the guidelines are not observed and the terminal is used improperly.Safety Precautions (Always follow these directions)Failure to observe these guidelines may immediately result in death or serious injury.Failure to observe these guidelines may result in death or serious injury.Failure to observe these guidelines may result in injury and property damage.DANGERWARNINGCAUTION
8Contents/Precautions■The following symbols indicate specific directions.■"Safety Precautions" are described in the following categories:1. Handling the terminal, battery pack, adapter and docomo mini UIM card (common) . . . . . . . 82. Handling the terminal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93. Handling battery pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114. Handling adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125. Handling the docomo mini UIM card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146. Handling the terminal near electronic medical equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147. Material list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151. Handling the terminal, battery pack, adapter and docomo mini UIM card (common) DANGERDo not use, store or leave the equipment in hot places (e.g. by the fire, near a heater, under a kotatsu, in direct sunlight, in a car in the hot sun). (including the event that you ware the equipment in the pocket of your clothes, etc.)Doing so may cause fire, burns or injury.Do not place equipment inside cooking appliance such as a microwave oven or high-pressure containers.Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or electric shock.Do not disassemble or modify the equipment.Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or electric shock.Do not let the equipment get wet with water, drinking water, urine of pet animals, etc.Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or electric shock.Use the battery pack and adapter specified by NTT DOCOMO for your terminal.Failure to do so may cause fire, burns, injury or electric shock.Indicates prohibited actions.Indicates not to disassemble.Indicates not to use where it could get wet.Indicates not to handle with wet hands.Indicates compulsory actions in accordance with instructions.Indicates to remove the power plug from the outlet.Don’tNo disassemblyNo liquidsNo wet handsDoUnplugDon’tDon’tNo disassemblyNo liquidsDo
9Contents/Precautions WARNINGDo not subject the equipment to excessive force or throw it.Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or electric shock.Do not allow the microUSB connecting jack or headset connecting jack to come in contact with conducting foreign substances (a piece of metal, pencil lead, etc.). Never allow these objects to get into the connecting jack.Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or electric shock.Do not cover or wrap the equipment with a cloth or bedding in use or while charging.Doing so may cause fire or burns.Power off the terminal before you step into a place where flammable gas can leak, such as gas stations. Stop charging if you charge the battery.Gas may catch fire.When using Osaifu-Keitai in a place such as a gas station, turn OFF the terminal before using it.(When Osaifu-Keitai lock is activated, deactivate it before turning OFF the terminal.)If you notice anything unusual about the equipment such as an unusual odor, overheating, discoloration or deformation during operation, charging or storage, immediately perform the following measures.・Remove the power plug from the power outlet or cigarette lighter.・Power off the terminal.・Remove the battery pack from the terminal.Failure to do so may cause fire, burns, injury or electric shock. CAUTIONDo not place on an unstable or inclined platform.Doing so may cause the device to fall and cause injury.Do not keep in a place that is very humid, dusty, or subject to high temperature.Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric shock.If children use the terminal, parents or guardians should give them the proper instructions for use. Make sure that they use the terminal as instructed.Failure to do so may cause injury.Keep the equipment out of the reach of babies and infants.Failure to do so may cause accidental swallowing or injury.Be careful especially when using the terminal connected to the adapter continuously for a long time.If you play a game, watch 1Seg, etc. for a long time while charging, the temperature of the terminal, battery pack and AC adapter may rise.If you are directly in contact with hot parts for a long period of time, it may cause your skin to become red, itchy, or develop a rash depending on your physical condition and also it may cause low-temperature burn.Don’tDon’tDon’tDoDoDon’tDon’tDoDoDo
10Contents/Precautions2. Handling the terminal WARNINGDo not direct the infrared data port toward your eye and transmit signals.Doing so may cause harmful effect your eyes.Do not direct the infrared data port toward home electric appliances etc. equipped with infrared device when using infrared communication.Doing so may cause an accident because of erroneous operation of infrared device.Do not turn on the light with the lighting luminescence part close to the eyes. Especially to shoot infants or young children, step away from them 1 m or more.Doing so may cause blurred vision. Or injury by dazzling eyes or surprising may occur.Do not allow a foreign substance such as water and other liquids, metal parts, or flammables to get in the docomo mini UIM card or microSD card insertion slot on the terminal.Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or electric shock.Do not turn on the light toward a driver of a car etc.Doing so may disturb driving and cause an accident.Power off the terminal in a place where the use is prohibited such as in airplane or hospital.Failure to do so may affect electronic equipment and electronic medical equipment.Follow the instructions of each medical facility for the use of mobile phones on their premises.Prohibited acts such as mobile phone usage on board an airplane may be punished by law. If usage of mobile phones in an aircraft is admitted by setting airplane mode, etc., use the terminal under the direction of the airline.If the microUSB cable is connected into the USB connecting jack for charging etc., the terminal is automatically powered on although the operations are not available. Be careful not to connect the microUSB cable in a place where the use is prohibited such as in airplane or hospital.Always keep the terminal away from your ear when you talk setting the hands-free function.Also, when you play game, play back music, etc. connecting the Earphone/Microphone, etc. to the terminal, adjust the volume adequately.If the volume is too loud, it may cause difficulty in hearing.Moreover, if you barely hear the surrounding sounds, it may cause an accident.If you have a weak heart, set the vibrator or ringtone volume carefully.Failure to do so may affect your heart.Don’tDon’tDon’tDon’tDon’tDoDoDo
11Contents/PrecautionsIf you are wearing any electronic medical equipment, check with the relevant medical electronic equipment manufacturer or vendor whether the operation may be affected by radio waves.The radio waves from the terminal may affect electronic medical equipment.Power off the terminal near electronic devices or equipment operating on high precision control or weak signals.Failure to do so may interfere with the operation of electronic devices or equipment.* The followings are some electronic devices or equipment that you should be careful of:Hearing aids, implantable cardiac pacemaker, implantable cardioverter defibrillator, other electronic medical equipment, fire detector, automatic door, and other automatically controlled devices or equipment.If you use an implantable cardiac pacemaker, implantable cardioverter defibrillator, or other electronic medical equipment, check with the relevant medical electronic equipment manufacturer or vendor whether the operation can be affected by radio waves.Be careful about broken glasses or exposed internal from the terminal if the display or the camera lens is broken.Shatterproof film-applied hardened glass is used on the display surface and the acrylic resin is applied on camera lens so as not to be shattered when broken. But they may cause injury if you touch a cut surface or exposed portion mistakenly. CAUTIONDo not swing the terminal around by holding a strap etc.The terminal may hit you or others and cause accident such as injury.Do not use damaged terminal.Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or electric shock.When using the motion sensor, check the safety around you, hold the terminal firmly, and do not shake it unnecessarily.May cause accident such as injuries.If the display is mistakenly damaged and when the liquid crystal runs out, do not get it on your skin such as face, hands, etc.Doing so may cause blindness or injury on your skin.If the liquid crystal gets in your eye or mouth, rinse with clean running water, and get medical treatment immediately.Also, if it gets on your skin or clothes, use something such as alcohol to wipe off and wash it with soap in clear water.To use the terminal in car, check with automobile manufacturer or dealer to determine how the device is affected by radio waves before using.In rare cases, using the phone in some vehicle models can cause the vehicle's electronic equipment to malfunction. In that case, stop using the terminal immediately.DoDoDoDon’tDon’tDon’tDon’tDo
12Contents/PrecautionsThe use of the terminal may cause itching, rashes, eczema, or other symptoms depending on the user's physical condition. Immediately stop using and get medical treatment in such a case.For material of each part →P.15 "Material list"When watching the display, take a certain distance from the display in a fully bright place.Failure to do so may reduce visual acuity.3. Handling battery pack■Check that the battery type matches the type displayed on the battery pack label. DANGERDo not connect a wire or other metal objects to the jack. And, do not carry or store the terminal with objects like a metal necklace.Doing so may cause battery pack to ignite, burst, heat or leak.Check the orientation of the battery pack to attach to the terminal, and do not try to force the battery pack onto the terminal if you are having trouble attaching it.Doing so may cause battery pack to ignite, burst, heat or leak.Do not throw the terminal into fire.Doing so may cause battery pack to ignite, burst, heat or leak.Do not stick a nail into the terminal, hit it with a hammer, or step on it.Doing so may cause battery pack to ignite, burst, heat or leak.If the battery pack's fluid etc. contacts eyes, immediately flush the eyes with clean water and see a doctor right away. Do not rub the eyes.Failure to do so may cause blindness. WARNINGIf the battery pack seems to have abnormalities such as deformation or scratches due to falling, never use it.Doing so may cause battery pack to ignite, burst, heat or leak.If the battery pack leaks or gives off a strange smell, immediately remove it from the vicinity of open flames.The leaking liquid may ignite fire, catch fire, or explode.Be careful not to let your pet bite the battery pack.Doing so may cause battery pack to ignite, burst, heat or leak. CAUTIONDo not discard the battery pack together with other garbage.Doing so may cause igniting or environmental destruction. Tape the terminals of old battery packs to insulate them, and then bring them into a sales outlet such as docomo Shop. If your local municipality has a battery recycling program, dispose of them as provided for.Display Type of BatteryLi-ion 00 Lithium Ion BatteryDoDoDon’tDon’tDon’tDon’tDoDon’tDoDoDon’t
13Contents/PrecautionsDo not use or charge a wet battery pack.Doing so may cause battery pack to ignite, burst, heat or leak.If fluid etc. leaks out from the battery pack, do not make the fluid contact with your skin of face or hands.Doing so may cause blindness or injury on your skin.If the fluid etc. gets into your eyes or mouth, or contacts skin or clothes, immediately flush the contacted area with clean running water.If the fluid gets into the eyes or mouth, immediately see a doctor after flushing.4. Handling adapter WARNINGDo not use the adapter cord if it gets damaged.Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric shock.Do not use the AC adapter in a very humid place such as bathroom.Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric shock.DC adapter is only for a negative ground vehicle. Do not use DC adapter for a positive ground vehicle.Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric shock.Do not touch the adapter if you hear thunder.Doing so may cause electric shock.Do not short-circuit the microUSB plug while it is connected to the power outlet or cigarette lighter socket. Do not touch the microUSB plug with your hands, fingers, or any part of your body.Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric shock.Do not place heavy objects on the adapter cord.Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric shock.When you insert and remove the AC adapter from power outlet, do not contact a metal strap or other metal objects with the jack.Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric shock.Do not touch the adapter cord or outlet with wet hands.Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric shock.Use the adapter only on the specified power supply and voltage.When charging the terminal overseas, use AC adapter for global use.Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or electric shock.AC adapter : AC 100 VDC adapter : DC 12 V  or 24 V (only for a negative-ground vehicle)AC adapter for global use : AC 100 V to 240 V (Make sure to connect the adapter to a household AC power outlet.)Don’tDoDon’tDon’tDon’tDon’tDon’tDon’tDon’tNo wet handsDo
14Contents/PrecautionsWhen the fuse in a DC adapter is blown, make sure to use the specified fuse.Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or electric shock. For the specified fuse, see the users manuals that supplied with a DC adapter.Clean dust from the power plug.Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or electric shock.When you connect the AC adapter to the power outlet, insert it firmly.Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or electric shock.When you disconnect the power plug from the outlet or cigarette lighter socket, do not pull the adapter cord with excessive force. Instead, hold the adapter to disconnect.Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or electric shock.Always remove the power plug from the outlet or cigarette lighter when not using the adapter for an extended period.Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or electric shock.Immediately remove the power plug from the outlet or cigarette lighter socket if water or other fluids get into the adapter.Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or electric shock.Before cleaning, remove the power plug from the power outlet or the cigarette lighter socket.Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or electric shock.5. Handling the docomo mini UIM card CAUTIONBe careful of the cut surface when removing docomo mini UIM card.Failure to do so may cause injury.6. Handling the terminal near electronic medical equipment■The following instructions observe the guidelines of the Electromagnetic Compatibility Conference, Japan to protect electronic medical equipment from radio waves from mobile phones. WARNINGPlease observe the following guidelines in medical facilities.・Do not take the terminal into the operating rooms, ICU (Intensive Care Unit), or CCU (Coronary Care Unit).・Power off the terminal inside hospital wards.・Power off the terminal in the lobby and other places if there are any electronic medical equipment operating in the vicinity.・Follow the instructions of each medical facility when they specify areas forbidding to use and carrying a mobile phone.DoDoDoDoUnplugUnplugUnplugDoDo
15Contents/PrecautionsPower off the terminal in crowded places such as rush-hour trains. There may be a person with an implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator near you.The radio waves from the terminal may affect the operation of implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator.If you use an implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator, keep the terminal 22 cm or more away from the implant at all times.The radio waves from the terminal may affect the performance of electronic medical equipment.If you need to use electronic medical equipment other than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator outside medical facilities such as treating at home, check with the relevant medical electronic equipment manufacturer whether the operation may be affected by radio waves.The radio waves from the terminal may affect the performance of electronic medical equipment.7. Material listDoDoDoPart Material Surface treatmentExterior case (cover : front)PA resin (with glass) + AL plateDiscontinuous evaporation coating (tin) + UV coatingExterior case (panel : rear transparent plate display)PC resin (with glass)UV coatingExterior case (panel : front)PC resin (with glass)UV coatingExterior case (cover : bottom)PC resin (with glass)Discontinuous evaporation coating (tin) + UV coatingExterior case (cover : rear)PA resi n (with glass)UV coatingExterior case(panel : rear) (terminal color : Black)PC resin (with glass)Urethan coatingExterior case(panel : rear) (terminal color : White/Pink/Orange)PC resin (with glass)UV coatingExterior case (back cover)PC resin (with glass)UV coatingTransparent plate (camera)PC resin + PMMA resinHard coating + AR treatmentTransparent plate (photo light)PMMA resin Hard coating
16Contents/Precautions■ Common precautions・Do not allow the terminal to get wet.The terminal, battery pack, adapter and docomo mini UIM card are not waterproof. Do not use in a bathroom or other highly humid area or do not let rain touch. Or putting the terminal on your body, humidity of sweat may cause internal corrosion and malfunction. Note that malfunctions, which are determined to be caused by water as result of inspections, are outside the scope of the warranty. Since these conditions are outside of the scope of the warranty, a repair, if at all possible, is charged.・Clean the terminal with a dry soft cloth (such as used for cleaning eyeglasses).- Do not rub it roughly with a dry cloth. The display may be damaged.- Drops of water or dirt left on the display may cause stains.- Do not use alcohol, thinner, benzine, cleaning detergent, etc. to clean the terminal. These chemicals may erase the printing on the terminal or cause discoloration.・Clean the terminals occasionally with a dry cotton swab.If the jack is soiled, connection gets worse and it may cause power to be turned off or insufficient battery charge, so clean the jack with a dry cotton swab etc. When cleaning, be careful not to damage the terminals.Transparent plate (display)Glass + PET resinHard coatingSide keys (power key, volume key) (terminal color : Pink/Orange)PC resin UV coatingSide keys (power key, volume key) (terminal color : Black/White)PC resin―Battery pack (contacts)Copper alloy First nickel plating/Gold platingBattery pack (body (top case))PA resi n―Battery pack (body (bottom case))PC resin―Battery pack (label)PET resin UV coatingPart Material Surface treatmentHandling precautions
17Contents/Precautions・Do not leave the terminal near the air conditioning vent.Extreme temperature changes may produce condensation and corrode the internal parts of the terminal, causing it to malfunction.・Make sure to use the terminal, battery pack, etc. without excessive force.If you put the terminal in a bag full of items or sit down with the terminal in the pocket of your cloth, it may damage the display, internal circuit board and battery pack, causing malfunction.Also, while the external device is connected to the microUSB connecting jack or headset connecting jack, it may damage the connector and cause malfunction.・Do not rub or scratch the display with metal.The display may get scratched and it may cause malfunction or damage.・Read the users manuals supplied with optional devices.■ The terminal precautions・Do not press touch panel surface forcibly, or not operate with a sharp-pointed objects such as nail, ballpoint pen, pin, etc.Doing so may cause damage of touch panel.・Do not use the terminal in extremely hot or cold places.Use the terminal where the temperature ranges between 5℃ and 35℃ and humidity ranges between 45% and 85%.・Using the terminal near ordinary phone, television or radio may cause interference in these electric appliances. Make sure to move far away from them when using the terminal.・Note down the information saved in the terminal in a separate note and keep it safely.Under no condition will DOCOMO be held liable for any damaged or lost data saved in the terminal.・Do not drop or give a strong impact to the terminal.Doing so may cause malfunction or damage.・Do not plug the connector of the external device into the microUSB connecting jack or headset connecting jack at the slant or pull it while connecting.Doing so may cause malfunction or damage.・The terminal could become warm while in use and charging. This condition is not abnormal. You can continue using the terminal.・Do not leave the camera under direct sunlight.If you do so, some of the elements may melt or become faded.・Do not use the terminal with the back cover removed.Doing so may cause removal of battery pack, malfunction or damage.
18Contents/Precautions・Do not remove the microSD card or power off the terminal while using the microSD card.Doing so may cause data loss or malfunction.・Do not let magnetic cards, etc. close to the terminal.The magnetic data in cash cards, credit cards, telephone cards, floppy disks, etc. may be erased.・Do not bring strong magnetic objects close to the terminal.Strong magnetic objects may cause misoperation.■ Battery pack・The battery pack is a consumable accessory.Replace the battery pack if the terminal has extremely short operation time on a full charge, though it may vary by operating conditions. Purchase a new battery pack of the specified type.・Charge the battery pack in an environment with the proper ambient temperature (5℃ to 35℃).・The operating time of the battery pack varies depending on the operating environment and the secular degradation of the battery pack.・The battery pack may swell out as it comes to near the end of its lifetime depending on the usage conditions, but it is not a problem.・Be careful especially about the following points when preserving the battery pack.- The battery is fully charged (immediately after the charging is complete)- The battery has run out (the phone cannot power on)The performance and life of the battery pack may deteriorate.It is recommended that you store the internal battery with the remaining battery level of about 40% as a guide.■ The adapter precautions・Charge the battery pack in an environment with the proper ambient temperature (5℃ to 35℃).・Do not charge in the following places.- Places that are very humid, dusty or exposed to strong vibrations.- Near ordinary phone or TV/radio.・The adapter cable could become warm while charging. This condition is not abnormal. You can continue using the terminal.・When using the DC adapter for charging, do not turn off the vehicle engine.Doing so may cause the vehicle battery run out.・When you use the power outlet with a mechanism to prevent the plug from being removed, follow the instructions on the outlet's user's manual.
19Contents/Precautions・Do not give a strong impact to the adapter. Also, do not bend or deform the microUSB plug.Doing so may cause malfunction.■ docomo mini UIM card・Do not use unnecessary force to insert/remove the docomo mini UIM card.・Note that DOCOMO assumes no responsibility for malfunctions occurring as the result of inserting and using docomo mini UIM card with another IC card reader/writer.・Always keep the IC portion clean when you use the card.・Clean the terminal with a dry soft cloth (such as used for cleaning eyeglasses).・Note down the information saved in the docomo mini UIM card in a separate note and keep it safely.Under no condition will DOCOMO be held liable for any damaged or lost data saved in the terminal.・Take an expended docomo mini UIM card to sales outlet such as docomo Shop for proper disposal in order to protect the environment.・Do not carelessly damage, contact, or short-circuit an IC.Doing so may cause data loss or malfunction.・Do not drop a docomo mini UIM card or subject it to impact.Doing so may cause malfunction.・Do not bend a docomo mini UIM card or place a heavy object on it.Doing so may cause malfunction.・Do not insert the docomo mini UIM card on which any label or seal is stuck into the terminal.Doing so may cause malfunction.■ Bluetooth function precautions・To secure the Bluetooth communication security, the terminal supports the security function compliant with Bluetooth standards, but the security may not be sufficient depending on the setting. Concern about the communication using the Bluetooth function.・Please be aware that DOCOMO is not responsible for data leak when making data communications using Bluetooth.
20Contents/Precautions・Frequency bandThe frequency band used by the terminal's Bluetooth/wireless LAN function is written on the battery pack compartment. The label can be read as follows.・Bluetooth cautionsThe operating frequency band of the terminal is used by industrial, scientific, consumer and medical equipment including microwave ovens, premises radio stations for identifying mobile units used in the manufacturing lines of plants (radio stations requiring a license), specified low power radio stations (radio stations requiring no license) and amateur radio stations (hereinafter referred to as "another station").- Before using this equipment, confirm that "another station" is not being operated nearby.- In the event of the terminal causing harmful radio wave interference with "another station", promptly change the operating frequency or stop radio wave emission by turning off the power, etc.- If you have further questions, contact "General Inquiries" on the last page of this manual.■ Wireless LAN (WLAN) precautions・Wireless LAN (WLAN) exchanges information using radio waves, and allows you to freely establish LAN connection if you are within an area where radio wave reaches. On the other side, if you communicate without appropriate security settings, communications may be intercepted or hacked by malicious parties. It is recommended to make necessary security settings on your responsibility and expense.2.4 :  This radio equipment uses the 2400 MHz band.FH/XX/DS/OF:Modulation scheme is the FH-SS, other system, DS-SS, or OFDM system.1 :  The estimated interference distance is 10 m or less.4 :  The estimated interference distance is 40 m or less.8 :  The estimated interference distance is 80 m or less. :  The full band between 2400 MHz and 2483.5 MHz is used and the band of the mobile identification device can be avoided.Available channels vary depending on the country.For use in an aircraft, contact the airline beforehand.
21Contents/Precautions・Wireless LANDo not use wireless LAN near magnetic devices such as electrical appliances or AV/OA devices, or in radio waves.- Magnetism or radio waves may increase noises or disable communications (especially when using a microwave oven).- When used near TV, radio, etc., reception interference may occur, or channels on the TV screen may be disturbed.- If there are multiple wireless LAN access points nearby and the same channel is used, search may not work correctly.・2.4 GHz device cautionsThe operating frequency band of the WLAN device is used by industrial, scientific, consumer and medical equipment including home electric appliances such as microwave ovens, premises radio stations for identifying mobile units used in the manufacturing lines of plants (radio stations requiring a license), specified low power radio stations (radio stations requiring no license) and amateur radio stations (radio stations requiring a license).- Before using the device, confirm that premises radio stations for identifying mobile units, specified low power radio stations and amateur radio stations are not being operated nearby.- If the device causes harmful radio interference to premises radio stations for identifying mobile units, immediately change the frequency band or stop use, and contact "General Inquiries" on the last page of this manual for crosstalk avoidance, etc. (e.g. partition setup).- If the device causes radio interference to specified low power radio stations or amateur radio stations, contact "General Inquiries" on the last page of this manual.・5GHz device cautions5GHz wireless LAN device is prohibited to use outdoor by Law.■ FeliCa reader/writer function precautions・FeliCa reader/writer function of the terminal uses weak waves requiring no licenses for radio stations.・It uses 13.56 MHz frequency band. When using other reader/writers in your surroundings, keep the terminal away sufficiently from them. Before using the FeliCa reader/writer, confirm that there are no radio stations using the same frequency band nearby.
22Contents/Precautions■ Note・Do not use altered terminal. Using an altered device is a violation of the Radio Law.A "Technical Conformity Mark  " affixed on the manufacturer's specification sticker certifies that the terminal meets technical regulations for specified radio equipment that are based on the Radio Law.If you remove the screws and alter the inside of the terminal, the technical regulations conformity certification becomes invalid.Do not use the terminal with the certification invalid, as it is a violation of the Radio Law.・Be careful when using the terminal while driving.Using a handheld mobile phone while driving will result in a penalty.However, absolutely necessary cases such as rescue of a sick person or maintaining public's safety are exempted.・Use the FeliCa reader/writer function only in Japan.FeliCa reader/writer function of the terminal conforms to Japanese radio standards. If you use this function overseas, you may be punished.・Do not alter the basic software illegally.It is regarded as the software modification and Repairs may be refused.
23Before Using the TerminalaFront camera lensbEar speakercProximity sensor : Turns on or off the touch screen to prevent misoperation during a call.dLight sensor : Used for auto controlling of the screen brightness.eNotification LEDfTouch screengMicrophonehInfrared data portiCamera lensjFlash/Photo lightkNFC/FeliCa antenna section*lFOMA/Xi/Wi-Fi/Bluetooth antenna section*mSecond microphone : Reduce noise to make easy to listen.n markoBack coverpFOMA/Xi antenna section*qConnector for microUSB cablermicroSD card slotsConnecting jack for the desktop holdertBluetooth/Wi-Fi/GPS antenna section*udocomo mini UIM card slotvPower key/Screen lock keywVolume key/Zoom keyxSpeakeryHeadset connectorzStrap hole* The antenna is built into the main body. Covering around the antenna with your hand may affect the quality of communications.Part names and functionskjpolmnyzqrutwvxsa b dcegfh i
24Before Using the Terminal❖Note・Do not put stickers etc. on each sensors.・Do not remove the sticker attached to the back side of the back cover. Removal of the sticker may disable reading/writing of IC card.The docomo mini UIM card is an IC card recorded user information such as your phone number etc.・You can use the terminal with docomo mini UIM card. If you have a UIM or FOMA card, bring it to a docomo Shop to replace.・When docomo mini UIM card is not inserted to the terminal, some functions are not available.・For details on docomo mini UIM card, refer to the docomo mini UIM card manual.・When inserting/removing the docomo mini UIM card, make sure to power off the terminal. Do not connect the AC adapter.❖Information・Please be careful not to touch or scratch a metal part (IC) when you handle the docomo mini UIM card. Doing so may cause malfunction or damage.■ Security codes of the docomo mini UIM cardThere is a security code called PIN code in the docomo mini UIM card. The code is set to "0000" at subscription, which you can change by yourself. (P.141)docomo mini UIM card
25Before Using the Terminal1Hook the groove at the side of the back cover with the tip of thumb, and pick up the back cover in the direction of the arrow ( ) to remove.2Remove the battery pack and microSD card, hook the tab ( ) on the tray with the tip of finger to pull out the tray straight, and insert docomo mini UIM card all the way into the tray straight with the metal (IC) part facing down.・Check the orientation of corner cut.1Remove the back cover, and then the battery pack and microSD card, hook the tab ( ) on the tray with the tip of finger to pull out the tray straight, then take out the docomo mini UIM card.Inserting docomo mini UIM cardRemoving docomo mini UIM card切り欠きドコモminiUIMカード
26Before Using the TerminalYou can use microSD card for any other compatible devices.・The terminal supports microSD card of up to 2GB, and microSDHC card of up to 32GB (As of July, 2012).・For compatible microSD cards, contact manufacturers of microSD cards.・When inserting/removing a microSD card, make sure to power off the terminal. Do not connect the AC adapter.1Hook the groove at the side of the back cover with the tip of thumb, and pick up the back cover in the direction of the arrow ( ) to remove.2Remove the battery pack, and check the orientation of microSD card to insert it slowly straight into the holder.・Insert the microSD card with metal contacts side down.microSD cardInserting microSD card
27Before Using the Terminal1Remove the back cover and the battery pack, and side the microSD card out to remove while pressing it with the tip of finger.The battery pack is not full charged when you purchased the terminal.The following is the time for charging an empty battery pack. Charging under low temperature requires longer time.The following time varies by the battery pack condition or operating environment. For details, see (P.244).Removing microSD cardChargingCharging timeAC Adapter 03 (Optional) Approx. 150 min.DC Adapter 03 (Optional) Approx. 160 min.Operation time on full charge (estimate)Continuous stand-by timeFOMA/3G Approx. 360 hrs. (stationary)GSM Approx. 280 hrs. (stationary)LTE Approx. 240 hrs. (stationary)Continuous call timeFOMA/3G Approx. 350 min.GSM Approx. 360 min.
28Before Using the Terminal・The battery pack is a consumable part. The usage duration of the battery per one charge decreases gradually each time the battery is recharged.・When the usage duration per one charge becomes about half of a new battery pack, the life of the battery pack is assumed to be almost over. It is recommended that you replace the battery pack ahead of time. The battery pack may swell out as it comes to near the end of its lifetime depending on the usage conditions, but it is not a problem.・Always attach the SO-02E dedicated battery pack SO06 to charge.・The AC Adapter 03 (optional) is compatible with AC 100 V to 240 V. For using the terminal overseas, a plug adapter that fits the electrical outlets in the country you stay is needed. Do not use an electrical transformer for overseas use to charge the terminal.・It is recommended to use the AC Adapter 03 (optional) for charging.・When you start charging, notification LED on the terminal turns red/orange/green, and green light indicates that the battery level has reached 90 % or more. From the Home screen, tap   and [Settings]u[About phone]u[Status] to check "Battery level" for the status of charging. When charging is complete, battery level is displayed as "100%".・When you start charging the battery with the terminal powered off, the power turns on. However, you cannot operate the terminal. Do not charge the battery in a place where the use is prohibited such as in airplane or hospital.Do not charge the battery pack for a long time (several days)・If you remain charging the terminal for a long time, the power supply starts from the battery pack after completion of charging. The usage time duration may be short. In that case, please charge it again correctly. For recharging, remove the terminal from the AC adapter and reconnect it again.Battery pack lifeChargingLi-ion 00
29Before Using the TerminalUse the compatible AC adapter for charging. If you use a charger other than the compatible AC adapter, charging may not be available or operations may not be performed correctly. (P.231)When using AC Adapter 03 (optional) for charging, do the following procedures.1Insert the microUSB cable horizontally with the microUSB plug   engraved side facing up into the microUSB connecting jack of the terminal.2Insert a USB plug of microUSB cable into the USB connecting jack of the AC adapter horizontally and insert the plug of the AC adapter into the power outlet.3When the charging is complete, remove the microUSB plug of the microUSB cable from the terminal.4Remove the AC adapter from the power outlet.❖Note・If the microUSB cable is connected into the USB connecting jack for charging etc., the terminal is automatically powered on although the operations are not available. Be careful not to connect the microUSB cable in a place where the use is prohibited such as in a airplane or hospital.DC Adapter 03 (optional) supplies power from a car cigarette lighter socket (12 V/24 V). For details, refer to the DC Adapter 03 (optional) manual.Charging with AC adapterCharging with DC adapter
30Before Using the Terminal1Insert the microUSB cable horizontally with the microUSB plug   engraved side facing up into the microUSB connecting jack of the terminal.2Insert the USB plug of the microUSB cable horizontally into the USB port of a PC.・When "PC Companion software" screen appears on the terminal, tap [Skip].・When a screen for new hardware detection etc. appears on the PC, select [キャンセル (Cancel)].3When the charging is complete, remove the microUSB plug of the microUSB cable from the terminal.4Remove the USB plug of the microUSB cable from the USB port of the PC.❖Note・Installation of MTP driver to a PC is required to charge the battery with a Microsoft Windows XP PC, since "USB connection mode" is set to "Media transfer mode (MTP)" by default. Install Windows Media Player 10 or later to install MTP driver.・If the microUSB cable is connected into the USB connecting jack for charging etc., the terminal is automatically powered on although the operations are not available. Be careful not to connect the microUSB cable in a place where the use is prohibited such as in a airplane or hospital.・Check the connecting direction to connect correctly. Wrong connection may cause damage.Charging with a PC
31Before Using the Terminal1Press and hold p for over a second.・The unlock screen appears.2Unlock the screen.・For unlocking the screen by default, see "Unlocking the screen" (P.31).❖Information・The first time you turn on, "Initial settings (Setup guide)" (P.31) appears.・If you have activated the screen lock (P.142) or SIM card lock (P.141), unlock screen/PIN code entry screen appears when turning power on. For unlocking the screen lock, see "Unlocking the screen lock" (P.143), and for unlocking SIM card lock, see "Entering the PIN code when powered on" (P.141).1Press and hold p for over a second.・A pop-up screen appears.2Tap [Power off ].3Tap [OK].When the screen lock is set, the screen backlight turns off. You can avoid the touch screen or button from false operations.・The screen is locked with turning the screen backlight off after the specified time duration.1Press p.❖Information・Screen lock is set to "Slide" by default. For changing the screen lock, see "Screen lock" (P.142).・For details on settings for turning the backlight off and the duration of time before the screen lock activation, see "Adjusting the idle time before the screen turns off" (P.127).・When you set screen lock to "Slide", you can check the notifications or activate application even if you do not unlock the screen. For details, refer to "Setting information displayed on the unlock screen" (P.128).Turning power on/offTurning power onTurning power offSetting screen lock
32Before Using the TerminalAn unlock screen appears when turning the power on or the backlight on by pressing p.■ Screen lock set to "Slide"1Touch and hold   and drag   to   until it laps over.❖Information・ appears on the right until you tap or touch and hold  . Touch and hold   and drag it left to activate camera to shoot without unlocking the screen lock.・The screen lock can be disabled. For details, see "Canceling screen lock" (P.144).When you turn on the terminal for the first time, make initial settings such as a display language, wireless network, online services, docomo service, etc.❖Information・You can set or change the items later as required.To change the settings later, from the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings] or [Setup guide] to set up from the menu.1Press and hold p for over a second.・A screen for selecting language appears.2Tap [English (United States)]u[Done].・"Welcome!" screen appears and you can learn how to use the function and make initial settings.3Tap .・The Internet connection screen appears. Tap [Mobile network and Wi-Fi] or [Wi-Fi only] to select.4Tap .・The wireless network screen appears. Tap [Search for networks] to add Wi-Fi network.Unlocking the screenInitial settings (Setup guide)
33Before Using the Terminal5Tap .・A service screen appears. Make settings of "Google (P.134)", "Facebook (P.136)", "Exchange ActiveSync (P.99)".6Tap .・Automatic renewal screen appears. Tap [Synchronize automatically] or [No thank you] to select.7Tap .・The import contacts screen appears. For information on import contacts, see "Exporting/Importing phonebook entries" (P.93).8Tap .・Preferred applications screen appears. Tap either [docomo applications] or [Xperia™ applications] to select.9Tap u[Finish].・Initial settings (Setup guide) end and an initial setting screen for docomo service appears.10Tap .・Application batch installation screen appears. Tap [Install] or [Not install] to select.11Tap .・Osaifu-Keitai screen appears. Tap [Set] or [Not set] to select. If you select [Set], the initial setting screen for Osaifu-Keitai appears. Follow the onscreen instructions.12Tap .・A setting screen for docomo apps password appears. Tap [Set] and enter a password.13Tap .・A setting screen for location provision appears. Tap any of [Location providing ON]/[Location providing OFF]/[Unknown blocking] to select.14Tap .・Screen for Send preinstalled apps usage status appears. Tap [Send] or [Not send] to select.15Tap u[OK].・A home screen appears.❖Information・Make sure to check if the data connection is available (LTE/3G/GPRS) before setup online services. For checking the data connection status, see "Status icon" (P.33).
34Before Using the TerminalA status bar appears at the top of the screen. In the status bar, the terminal status and notification are displayed. Notification icons appear on the left side, and the terminal status icons appear on the right side of the status bar.The main status icons displayed on the screen are as follows.The main notification icons displayed on the screen are as follows.Status barStatus iconSignal strengthDuring International roamingNo signalHSDPA availableCommunicating in HSDPA3G (packet) availableCommunication in 3G (packet)LTE availableLTE in communicationConnecting to Wi-FiWi-Fi in communicationConnecting to Wi-Fi using Auto IP functionBluetooth function ONStatus barConnecting to Bluetooth deviceAirplane mode activatedSilent mode (vibration) ONSilent mode (mute) ONSpeakerphone ONMicrophone set to muteAlarm is setBattery statusThe battery is chargingdocomo mini UIM card is locked or not insertedNotification iconNew email messageNew Gmail messageNew message (SMS)Problem with message (SMS) deliveryNew instant messageNew Area MailNew Facebook messageUploading data to FacebookUploading data to Facebook completedFacebook setting request notificationReceiving/Downloading dataSending/Uploading dataBluetooth connection request notificationUnmount microSD card to remove (reading/writing unavailable)
35Before Using the TerminalPreparing microSD card/internal storageInstallation is completed (when installing applications from Google Play, etc.)Update notification (when update of the installed market application is notified)Software update notification or updating softwareOsaifu-Keitai lock is setMaking or receiving a call, during a callCalling with Bluetooth deviceCall on holdMissed callNew voice mailUpcoming calendar eventStopwatch is runningTimer is setPlaying a track with Media PlayerPlaying a track with WALKMAN1Seg activatedFM radio in useUSB connectedMHL connectedAvailable to activate TV launcherCommunicating via InfraredData communication invalidWi-Fi open network availableConnecting to a VPNMedia server executed or connection request notification by Connected devicesRed: Error messagesYellow: Warning messagesProblem with syncSetup guide uncheckedPersonal area notificationMore (undisplayed) notificationsSetting Wi-Fi tetheringSetting USB tetheringSetting Wi-Fi tethering and USB tetheringWi-Fi Direct connectedSetting Location-based Wi-FiPositioning with GPSAUTO-GPS is setGreen Heart energy saving icon (remove the AC adapter from the power outlet)Set application activated using LiveWare™ manager when connectingConnecting headphonesSetting Omakase LockAvailable memory on the terminal is low
36Before Using the TerminalNotification icons are displayed in the Notification panel. You can open notifications, such as mails, reminders, or event notifications directly from the Notification panel.1Flick or drag the status bar downwards.・Tap x to close the notification panel.❖Information・When the screen lock is set to "Slide", flick or drag the status bar downwards to check the Notification panel without unlocking the screen.・Flick or drag the status bar downwards to enable/disable silent mode or data communications.1On the Notification panel, tap [Clear].❖Information・Flick left or right on the display on the notification panel to delete from the list.・Some notifications cannot be cleared.Notification panelOpening/Closing the Notification panelNotication panel /   /  Enable/disable silent mode (Vibrate/Mute). /  Enable/disable Bluetooth function. /  Enable/disable Wi-Fi function. /  Enable/disable data communication.Display Settings menu (P.112).Clearing contents on the Notification panel
37Before Using the TerminalNotification LED provides information on the terminal status, incoming/receiving, etc.❖Information・If the battery level is not sufficient to activate when turning the power ON, press p to flash red.* In this manual, each key icon operation is described with x, y, r.Notification LEDLED statusStatus IndicationRedThe battery is charging when the remaining battery level is 14% or less.Flashing redThe remaining battery level is 14% or less.GreenThe battery is charging when the remaining battery level is 90% or more.Flashing greenReceived Gmail mails while backlight is off exist.Flashing blueWhile backlight is off, missed calls/incoming messages (SMS) are notified.OrangeThe battery is charging when the remaining battery level is 15% - 89%.Basic operationsBasic key icon operationxBack・Go back to the previous screen. Or close a dialog box, Option menu, or the Notifications panel.・Close the software keyboard.yHome・Go to the Home screen.rRecent apps・Recently used applications appear on a list. Tap a thumbnail to activate or flick left or right to delete from the list. (P.75)
38Before Using the TerminalPrecautions on using touch screen・Touch screen is designed for being touched lightly with fingers. Do not push it forcibly with a finger or press it with sharp objects (nail, ballpoint pen, pin, etc.).・Touching the touch screen may not work in the following cases. Note that it may cause malfunction.- Operation with gloved hands- Operation with tip of fingernail- Operation with foreign object on the screen- Operation with protective sheet or seal on the screenOperations on the touch screen■ TapTouch an item such as icon or menu with your finger lightly and release it.・Double-tap means tapping twice quickly.■ Touch and holdTouch and hold an icon or menu item long.■ FlickTouch the screen and flick up/down/left/right.■ DragTouch the screen, drag to the desired position and release the finger.■ ScrollFlick up/down/left/right displayed contents to scroll (move) the display position.■ PinchTouch the screen with two fingers and widen (pinch-out) or narrow (pinch-in) the fingers' distance. On some screens, pinch-out to zoom in and pinch-in to zoom out.Using the touch screen
39Before Using the TerminalYou can set the screen orientation to switch between landscape and portrait view automatically according to the terminal orientation.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings]u[Display].2Mark [Auto-rotate screen] checkbox.❖Information・Even when you change the orientation of the terminal, the screen may not change to landscape view depending on the screen such as Home screen, etc.・From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings]u[Accessibility] and mark [Auto-rotate screen] to switch the screen automatically between landscape and portrait view.You can save the current displayed screen as an image (screen shot).You can check captured screen shots on the album (P.195).1On the screen you want to capture, press and hold p and lower of m for over a second at the same time.・Screenshot is captured and   appears in the status bar.On the phonebook list screen, tap [Index] at the bottom of the screen to display index characters with which you can search by Japanese syllabary and alphabetic order.・Tap the index character to move on the list.Switching portrait/landscape view automaticallyCapturing the screenshotSelecting items quickly from a list
40Before Using the TerminalYou can switch on/off of the option settings by marking or unmarking the checkboxes or radio buttons.・To switch on/off of the option setting, tap the checkbox or radio button.■ Checkbox■ Radio buttonEnter a word in the search box to browse the information in the terminal or on the Internet.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Search].・When you use for the first time, the Terms of Service window for Google Search appears. Read the terms of use and tap [OK].・The software keyboard appears.2Enter a search word.・Search suggestions appear as you enter a character.・For character entry, see "Character entry" (P.40).・To enter a new search word, tap  .3Tap a search item or  .❖Information・Tap   on the software keyboard to input a search word by voice.Marking or unmarking option checkboxMarkUnmarkMarkUnmarkSearching information in the terminal and web pages
41Before Using the TerminalYou can set search engines to use for Quick search box or set search objectives in the terminal.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Search].2Tap  , then tap [Settings].・Google search setting screen appears. You can set the following items.To enter characters, use the software keyboard which appears when you tap the character input box in a mail, phonebook, etc.❖Information・When the software keyboard is displayed,   appears on the status bar.・To return to the previous screen from the character entry screen, tap x.・Touch and hold a text in the character entry screen to display the enlarged text to check with dragging on the text.In the terminal, you can select Input method (keyboard type) from "Shabette-Key-Nyuryoku", "Xperia™ Chinese keyboard", "Xperia™ Japanese keyboard" or "Xperia™ keyboard".Search settingsSearchable itemsChange the search range by marking/unmarking data categories (Google, Apps, Browser, Email, Google Play Movies, Messaging, OfficeSuite, Phonebook, Play Store, WALKMAN) in the terminal.Google SearchSet whether to display search options from Web history when a search word is entered, or whether to activate/delete Web history.・You need to create your Google account.Character entrySelecting input methodShabette-Key-NyuryokuSelect to enter characters by voice.Xperia™ Chinese keyboardSelect to enter Chinese.Xperia™ Japanese keyboardSelect to enter Japanese.Xperia™ keyboardSelect a language for text entry. Select to enter language other than Japanese.
42Before Using the Terminal1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings].2Tap [Language & input]u[Default]u[Shabette-Key-Nyuryoku]/[Xperia™ Chinese keyboard]/[Xperia™ Japanese keyboard]/[Xperia™ keyboard].❖Information・On a character entry screen, drag the status bar downwards and tap [Select input method] to select from Google voice typing/Shabette-Key-Nyuryoku/Xperia™ Chinese keyboard/Xperia™ Japanese keyboard/Xperia™ keyboard.For Japanese keyboard, there are 4 types of software keyboards: phonepad, QWERTY, Japanese syllabary and Kana handwriting input.❖Information・The key display of software keyboard varies depending on the entry screen, character mode or settings.■ Phonepad keyboardJapanese characters can be entered in "Kana input" mode.■ QWERTY keyboardJapanese characters can be entered in "Romaji input" mode.Software keyboardPortraitLandscapeLandscapePortrait
43Before Using the Terminal■ Japanese syllabary keyboardYou can use the software keys arranged according to the Japanese syllabary to enter Japanese characters in "Kana input" mode.■ Kana handwriting inputJapanese characters can be entered in "Handwriting input" mode.1On a character entry screen, touch and hold  .2Tap   /   /   /   /   /   /  /  .・ : The phonepad keyboard appears.・ : The QWERTY keyboard appears.・ : The Japanese syllabary keyboard appears.・ : The Kana handwriting input appears.・Tap   to display Japanese keyboard settings screen and you can check/change the settings.・Tap  to display the plug-in application list.・ : Switch one-byte/two-byte character.・ : Hide the software keyboard.❖Information・By default, the phonepad keyboard for portrait screen is set and QWERTY keyboard for landscape screen is set. Also, "Auto capitalization", "Word suggestions" and "Spell check" are set to on.PortraitLandscapePortraitLandscapeSwitching the keyboard
44Before Using the TerminalYou can use the software keys arranged according to the Japanese syllabary to enter Japanese characters in "Kana input" mode.The main functions of the touch-keys・To change character modes and other entering operations, tap the following icons on the phonepad keyboard.Entering characters on the phonepad keyboardIcon Function / Each time you tap, the character mode switches "Hiragana/Kanji" → "Alphanumeric" in order and a status icon,  →   /   /   appears in the status bar. / Touch and holdDisplay a pop-up window. /   /   /   : Keyboard switch : Display the setting screen for Japanese keyboard : Display the plug-in application list (two-byte)/   (one-byte) : Switch character mode : Hide the software keyboard / Each time you tap, the character mode switches "Hiragana/Kanji/alphabets" → "Number" in order and a status icon,   / , etc. →   /   appears in the status bar. / Touch and holdDisplay a one-byte/two-byte symbol list to enter them. Switch tabs to display smiley list to enter them. (a pictogram tab and deco-mail tab are also displayed when entering in sp-mode mail.)Appears before fixing character in Hiragana/Kanji input mode. It displays alphanumeric or katakana conversion candidates assigned to tapped key.Appears after conversion is fixed to return to text before conversion.Move the cursor*1 : To the left.Touch and hold to move continuously. Or change the range for conversion.Move the cursor*1 : To the right.Touch and hold to move continuously. Or change the range for conversion.When there is an unfixed character string with the cursor at the right end, tap to enter the same character as the one at the end.*2Fix entered or converted characters. When characters are already fixed, enter a line feed at the cursor position.Delete the character before the cursor. Touch and hold to delete continuously.When any character is entered or after entered character is fixed, a space can be entered. Touch and hold to input spaces continuously.Enter characters by voice. A candidate list appears. Tap the character string you want to enter.Icon Function
45Before Using the Terminal*1 When any characters are entered, just tap the desired position on the entered character string to move the cursor.*2 Before the conversion is fixed, "確定 (Fix)" is displayed. In some screens such as the mail account registration screen, "次へ (Next)", "完了 (Done)", "実行 (Go)", etc. appear.Settings of key entry■ Flick inputFlick up/down/left/right to enter characters in each column of kana syllabary.・Ex: Entering characters in "な" columnYou can enter "な" only by tapping. Flick left for "に", up for "ぬ", right for "ね" and down for "の".・To switch upper/lower case or change to voiced sound, flick or tap  .・Flick input is available by default. You can cancel by the following operation beforehand.aFrom the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings].bTap [Language & input] and   on "Xperia™ Japanese keyboard".Display the previous character (opposite order).In Hiragana/Kanji input mode, highlight and select word in conversion candidates. Tap continuously to change a word highlighted in conversion candidates and select a word to enter.Touch and holdActivate online dictionary.You need to mark "Online dictionary" checkbox in the Japanese keyboard setting screen. /  Appears when entering numbers, tap to switch one-byte/two-byte character.Icon FunctionぬねにのなFlick leftFlick up TapFlick rightFlick down
46Before Using the Terminalc[On-screen keyboard settings]uUnmark [Flick input] checkbox.・To change sensitivity of the flick input, on the Xperia™ Japanese keyboard setting screen, tap [On-screen keyboard settings]u[Sensitivity of flick input], then select "High"/"Medium (default)"/"Low".■ Toggle entryTap the same key continuously to enter the assigned character.To enter characters assigned to the same key continuously, operate the followings.・Ex: To enter "あお"aTap "あ" once.bTap  , and tap "あ" 5 times.・Ex: To enter "ca"aTap "abc" 3 times.bTap *.cTap "abc" once.* In some applications, tap   in Step b.❖Information・When a certain time is passed after the key tapped, the tapped key's highlighter goes off and you can enter a character assigned to the same key consecutively without tapping  .・To switch upper/lower case or change to voiced/semi-voiced sound, tap  .・Multitap text input is available by default. You can cancel by the following operation beforehand.aFrom the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings].bTap [Language & input], then tap   on "Xperia™ Japanese keyboard".c[On-screen keyboard settings]uUnmark [Multitap text input] checkbox.
47Before Using the TerminalUse the QWERTY keyboard to enter Japanese characters in "Romaji input" mode.The main functions of the touch-keys・To change character modes and other input operations, tap the following icons on the QWERTY keyboard.Entering characters on the QWERTY keyboardIcon Function / Each time you tap, the character mode switches "Hiragana/Kanji" → "Alphanumeric" in order and a status icon,  →   /   /   /   /   /   appears in the status bar. / Touch and holdDisplay a pop-up window. /   /   /   : Keyboard switch : Display the setting screen for Japanese keyboard : Display the plug-in application list (two-byte)/   (one-byte) : Switch character mode : Hide the software keyboard / Each time you tap, the character mode switches "Hiragana/Kanji/alphabets" → "Number/symbol" in order and a status icon,   /  , etc. →   /   appears in the status bar. / Touch and holdDisplay a one-byte/two-byte symbol list to enter them. Switch tabs to display smiley list to enter them. (a pictogram tab and deco-mail tab are also displayed when entering in sp-mode mail.)Move the cursor*1 : To the left.Touch and hold to move continuously. Or change the range for conversion.Move the cursor*1 : To the right.Touch and hold to move continuously. Or change the range for conversion.When there is an unfixed character string with the cursor at the right end, tap to enter the same character as the one at the end.*2Fix entered or converted characters. When characters are already fixed, enter a line feed at the cursor position.Delete the character before the cursor. Touch and hold to delete continuously.When any character is entered or after entered character is fixed, a space can be entered. Touch and hold to input spaces continuously.Enter characters by voice. A candidate list appears. Tap the character string you want to enter.Appears before fixing character in Hiragana/Kanji input mode. It displays alphabet or katakana conversion candidates assigned to tapped key.Icon Function
48Before Using the Terminal*1 When any characters are entered, just tap the desired position on the entered character string to move the cursor.*2 Before the conversion is fixed, "確定 (Fix)" is displayed. In some screens such as the mail account registration screen, "次へ (Next)", "完了 (Done)", "実行 (Go)", etc. appear.Selecting an assistant keyboardWhen you enter in Hiragana/Kanji input mode using the QWERTY keyboard, you can change the assistant keyboard to make the frequent using keys to be displayed widely for easy tapping.1On a character entry screen, touch and hold  .2Tap .3Tap [On-screen keyboard settings]u[Choose key type].4Tap any of [Static key resizing]/[Key highlight while typing]/[Dynamic key resizing with highlight]/[Off].■ Static key resizingWiden frequent using key for easy tapping. /   / In alphanumerics input mode, tap to switch capitalization/upper case/lower case.In Hiragana/Kanji input mode, highlight and select word in conversion candidates. Tap continuously to change a word highlighted in conversion candidates and select a word to enter.Touch and holdActivate online dictionary.You need to mark "Online dictionary" checkbox in the Japanese keyboard setting screen. /  Appears in number input mode, tap to switch alphanumerics to one-byte/two-byte character.Icon Function
49Before Using the Terminal■ Key highlight while typingWiden frequent using key and highlight the key that is predicted for the next entry.■ Dynamic key resizing with highlightWiden the key that is predicted for the next entry much further and highlight it.■ OffDisplay equally the width of each key.Changing display keys・For Japanese input, you can set not to display less-frequent-used keys (Q, X, C, etc.) on the QWERTY keyboard.1On a character entry screen, touch and hold  .2Tap .3Tap [On-screen keyboard settings]u[Hide keys].・When the Choose key type (P.47) is set to "Off", [Hide keys] cannot be selected.4Unmark the checkbox of the key you want to hide.5Tap [OK].
50Before Using the TerminalCustomizing keyboard・You can change symbols which are displayed in QWERTY keyboard when entering number to desired characters/symbols.1On a character entry screen, touch and hold  .2Tap .3Tap [On-screen keyboard settings]u[Keyboard customization].4Tap a symbol you want to change and delete character previously set, then enter a character to display and tap [OK].・Only one character (two-byte or one-byte character) can be entered.5Tap [OK].❖Information・To return to the default status, in Step 3, tap  , then tap [Reset]u[OK].You can use the software keys arranged according to the Japanese syllabary to enter Japanese characters in "Kana input" mode.The main functions of the touch-keys・To change character modes and other input operations, tap the following icons on the Japanese syllabary keyboard.Entering characters on the Japanese syllabary keyboardIcon Function / Each time you tap, the character mode switches "Hiragana/Kanji" → "Alphanumeric" in order and a status icon,  →   /   /   /   /   /   appears in the status bar. / Touch and holdDisplay a pop-up window. /   /   /   : Keyboard switch : Display the setting screen for Japanese keyboard : Display the plug-in application list (two-byte)/   (one-byte) : Switch character mode : Hide the software keyboardAppears in Hiragana/Kanji input mode. Switch upper/lower case or add voiced sound/semi-voiced sound.
51Before Using the Terminal*1 When any characters are entered, just tap the desired position on the entered character string to move the cursor.*2 Before the conversion is fixed, "確定 (Fix)" is displayed. In some screens such as the mail account registration screen, "次へ (Next)", "完了 (Done)", "実行 (Go)", etc. appear. / Each time you tap, the character mode switches "Hiragana/Kanji/alphabets" → "Number" in order and a status icon,   / , etc. →   /   appears in the status bar. / Touch and holdDisplay a one-byte/two-byte symbol list to enter them. Switch tabs to display smiley list to enter them. (a pictogram tab and deco-mail tab are also displayed when entering in sp-mode mail.)Move the cursor*1 : To the left.Touch and hold to move continuously. Or change the range for conversion.Move the cursor*1 : To the right.Touch and hold to move continuously. Or change the range for conversion.When there is an unfixed character string with the cursor at the right end, tap to enter the same character as the one at the end.*2Fix entered or converted characters. When characters are already fixed, enter a line feed at the cursor position.Delete the character before the cursor. Touch and hold to delete continuously.When any character is entered or after entered character is fixed, a space can be entered. Touch and hold to input spaces continuously.Enter characters by voice. A candidate list appears. Tap the character string you want to enter.Icon Function /   / In alphanumerics input mode, tap to switch capitalization/upper case/lower case or switch allocated symbols.Appears in landscape view and you can display a one-byte/two-byte symbol list to enter them. Switch tabs to display smiley list to enter them. (a pictogram tab and deco-mail tab are also displayed when entering in sp-mode mail.)In Hiragana/Kanji input mode, highlight and select word in conversion candidates. Tap continuously to change a word highlighted in conversion candidates and select a word to enter.Touch and holdActivate online dictionary.You need to mark "Online dictionary" checkbox in the Japanese keyboard setting screen.Icon Function
52Before Using the TerminalYou can use the Kana handwriting input screen to enter Japanese by "Handwriting input".The main functions of the touch-keys・To change character modes and other input operations, tap the following icons on the Kana handwriting input.Entering characters on the Kana handwriting inputIcon Function / Each time you tap, the character mode switches "Hiragana/Kanji" → "Alphanumeric" in order and a status icon,  →   /   /   appears in the status bar. / Touch and holdDisplay a pop-up window. /   /   /   : Keyboard switch : Display the setting screen for Japanese keyboard : Display the plug-in application list (two-byte)/   (one-byte) : Switch character mode : Hide the software keyboardAppears in Hiragana/Kanji input mode. Switch upper/lower case or add voiced sound/semi-voiced sound.Appears in alphanumerics input mode, tap to switch upper case and lower case. / Each time you tap, the character mode switches "Hiragana/Kanji/alphabets" → "Number" in order and a status icon,   / , etc. →   /   appears in the status bar. / Touch and holdDisplay a one-byte/two-byte symbol list to enter them. Switch tabs to display smiley list to enter them. (a pictogram tab and deco-mail tab are also displayed when entering in sp-mode mail.)Appears before fixing character in Hiragana/Kanji input mode. It displays alphanumeric or katakana conversion candidates assigned to tapped key.Appears after conversion is fixed to return to text before conversion.Move the cursor*1 : To the left.Touch and hold to move continuously. Or change the range for conversion.Move the cursor*1 : To the right.Touch and hold to move continuously. Or change the range for conversion.When there is an unfixed character string with the cursor at the right end, tap to enter the same character as the one at the end.*2Fix entered or converted characters. When characters are already fixed, enter a line feed at the cursor position.Delete the character before the cursor. Touch and hold to delete continuously.Icon Function
53Before Using the Terminal*1 When any characters are entered, just tap the desired position on the entered character string to move the cursor.*2 Before the conversion is fixed, "確定 (Fix)" is displayed. In some screens such as the mail account registration screen, "次へ (Next)", "完了 (Done)", "実行 (Go)", etc. appear.❖Information・When you enter character by Kana handwriting for the first time, read a guidance and tap [OK].・In Kana handwriting input, hiragana, alphabet, number, some symbols can be entered.・You can enter a character continuously without deleting entered character.・For voiced sound and semi voiced sound mark, enter in the right upper part of the Kana handwriting input screen.・For punctuation mark and lower case, enter in the lower part from the center of the Kana handwriting input.・For entering alphabet, enter it with reference to lower horizontal line of the Kana handwriting input screen.In the character entry screen such as mail, phonebook, etc., double-tap text you want to edit so that text edit menu appears at the top of the screen. Drag   or   to change the character string to select.When any character is entered or after entered character is fixed, a space can be entered. Touch and hold to input spaces continuously.Enter characters by voice. A candidate list appears. Tap the character string you want to enter.In Hiragana/Kanji input mode, highlight and select word in conversion candidates. Tap continuously to change a word highlighted in conversion candidates and select a word to enter.Touch and holdActivate online dictionary.You need to mark "Online dictionary" checkbox in the Japanese keyboard setting screen.Appears when entering number. Display a one-byte/two-byte symbol list to enter them. Switch tabs to display smiley list to enter them. (a pictogram tab and deco-mail tab are also displayed when entering in sp-mode mail.)Icon FunctionEditing text (Select all)Select all entered text. (Cut)Cut a selected character string. (Copy)Copy a selected character string. (Paste)Paste a copied/cut character string.Close the edit menu.
54Before Using the Terminal❖Information・To paste a copied or cut character string, touch and hold a position where you want to insert, then tap [PASTE]. Alternatively, when texts are entered, tap a position where you want to insert, then tap   and [PASTE].・Edit menu icons vary by applications.For each input method, you can make settings related to character entry.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings]u[Language & input].2Tap   on "Google voice typing"/"Shabette-Key-Nyuryoku"/"Xperia™ Chinese keyboard"/"Xperia™ Japanese keyboard"/"Xperia™ keyboard".・Settings screen for respective input method appears. Tap an item displayed on the screen to set.❖Information・The items vary depending on the input method.Common settings of software keyboardMake keyboard settings such as Key sound, Vibrate, etc.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings]u[Language & input].2Tap   on "Xperia™ Japanese keyboard".・The setting screen for Japanese keyboard appears.3Tap [On-screen keyboard settings].・Set items for "COMMON ON-SCREEN KEYBOARD SETTINGS".Setting character entrySetting Japanese keyboardSound on keypressSet whether to sound at the time of key tapping.Vibration on keypressSet whether to vibrate at the time of key tapping.Pop-up on keypressSet to popup the key you have tapped at the time of key tapping.No. of lines (portrait)Set number of lines for conversion candidates displayed in portrait mode.No. of lines (landscape)Set number of lines for conversion candidates displayed in landscape mode.
55Before Using the Terminal❖Information・By default, conversion candidates are displayed in 2 lines in portrait/landscape screen.Auto capitalizationSet to capitalize automatically the top letter you enter in one-byte alphabet entry mode.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings]u[Language & input].2Tap   on "Xperia™ Japanese keyboard".3Mark [Auto capitalization].❖Information・The top letter may not always be capitalized automatically in one-byte alphabet entry mode when [Auto capitalization] is marked.Keeping keyboard typeSet to stabilize the last status of keyboard (phonepad/QWERTY/Japanese syllabary keyboard/Kana handwriting input) in the each portrait/landscape screen in kana/alphabet/number input mode.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings]u[Language & input].2Tap   on [Xperia™ Japanese keyboard].3[On-screen keyboard settings]uMark [Keep keyboard type].❖Information・You can set to stabilize the last status of keyboard in the each portrait/landscape screen without marking [Keep keyboard type].You can change keyboard skin.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings]u[Language & input].2Tap   on "Xperia™ Japanese keyboard".3Tap [Keyboard skin].4Select from displayed keyboards and tap [Set skin].❖Information・To download and add keyboard skins from a website, tap [Search for skin] in Step 4. Some keyboard skins downloaded from website may not support the terminal.・To delete the downloaded keyboard skin, from the Home screen, tap  , and tap [Settings]u[Apps], and tap the keyboard skin you want to delete in the "Downloaded" tab, and then tap [Uninstall]u[OK]u[OK]. Also, tap [Uninstall] in Step 4 so that you can delete the keyboard skin that is not compatible with the terminal.Keyboard skin settings
56Before Using the TerminalThe Word suggestion function shows predicted conversion candidates when you enter Japanese/English characters. Mark the checkbox of Word suggestion checkbox to set options "Spell check" and "Auto space". These options help you entering characters with ease.Setting Word suggestion1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings]u[Language & input].2Tap   on "Xperia™ Japanese keyboard".3Mark [Word suggestions] checkbox.❖Information・Flick or drag downward in the word suggestion field to enlarge suggestion field in which you can see more word suggestions and to hide the keyboard. Tap [前候補 (previous suggestion)]/[次候補 (next suggestion)]/[確定 (fix)] shown at the bottom of the word suggestions screen to select/fix characters to be entered. To show the software keyboard, tap [戻る (Back)] or x.Setting Spell check・Spell check corrects mistyped characters and shows conversion candidates before conversion in one-byte alphabet input mode when entering characters with QWERTY keyboard.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings]u[Language & input].2Tap   on "Xperia™ Japanese keyboard".3Mark [Spell check] checkbox.Setting Auto space・When selecting English word suggestion, Auto space enters next to the entered character. However, space is not entered automatically in the mail address or URL input fields.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings]u[Language & input].2Tap   on "Xperia™ Japanese keyboard".3Mark [Auto space] checkbox.Word suggestion settings
57Before Using the TerminalTo display the word as the preferred candidate when entering characters, set the user dictionary beforehand.Registering words in user dictionariesThere are 2 types of user dictionaries: "My words Japanese" and "My words English".1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings]u[Language & input].2Tap   on "Xperia™ Japanese keyboard".3Tap [My words Japanese]/[My words English].4Tap   and [Add].5Tap the character input box for "Reading" and fill it out.6Enter a word in the input box for "Word" and tap [完了 (Done)].7Tap [Save].❖Information・Up to 50 characters (regardless of one-byte or two-byte characters) can be stored for a "Reading" and "Word", and up to 500 items can be stored in the user dictionary.・When entering characters, tapping [直変 (Direct conversion)] in the word suggestion field may give priority to some registered words.Editing user dictionary1On the user dictionary screen, select a word you want to edit.2Tap   and [Edit].3Edit the content and tap [Save].Deleting words from user dictionary1On the user dictionary screen, select a word you want to delete.2Tap   and tap [Delete]u[OK].・To delete all words in the list, tap [Delete all]u[OK].Setting Words by learning1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings]u[Language & input].2Tap   on "Xperia™ Japanese keyboard".3Tap [Learn words].4Mark [Save word while typing].・To reset already learned words, tap [Delete saved words]u[OK].User dictionary settings
58Before Using the Terminal❖Information・To delete history for learned words individually, touch and hold a word you want to delete and tap [Delete].Setting online dictionaryIn Hiragana/Kanji input mode, touch and hold   to activate online dictionary.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings]u[Language & input].2Tap   on "Xperia™ Japanese keyboard".3Tap [Online dictionary].4Tap [Online dictionary], then read the note and tap [Agree].・[Online dictionary] is marked.Backing up and restoring dictionaryUser dictionary and Words by learning can be backed up onto an internal storage and restored when needed.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings]u[Language & input].2Tap   on "Xperia™ Japanese keyboard".3Tap [Backup & restore].4Tap [Backup]/[Restore].5Mark a dictionary you want to back up or restore from among [My words Japanese], [My words English], or [Learn words].6Tap [Go].・When backing up, a screen asking whether to overwrite the user dictionary on the internal storage appears. When restoring, a screen asking whether to overwrite the user dictionary in the terminal appears.7Tap [OK]u[OK].・The data is backed up or restored.❖Information・If restoring data is failed, user dictionary in the terminal restores to the default. Restore by operating again.・User dictionary and Words by learning are not backed up onto microSD card.
59Before Using the TerminalWhen entering characters, touch and hold  and tap   to display the plug-in application list.Using Contact Picker 2.3If contacts are registered to the Contacts, you can use "Contact Picker 2.3" to enter contact information when entering characters. "Contact Picker 2.3" is a preinstalled plug-in application.1On a character entry screen, touch and hold  .2Tap .3Tap [Contact Picker 2.3].4On the contacts list screen, tap the contact to pick up.5Mark items you want to enter and tap [OK].・If you want to select/deselect all items, tap [Mark all]/[Unmark all].Adding a plug-in applicationYou can install and add plug-in applications to use when entering characters.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings]u[Language & input].2Tap   on "Xperia™ Japanese keyboard".3Tap [Manage extensions].4On the Info screen, tap [OK].・Plug-in setting screen appears.5Tap [Download new extensions].6Tap an application and follow the onscreen instructions.❖Information・Marked plug-in applications in the plug-in setting screen can be activated in the character entry screen. Checkboxes for preinstalled plug-in applications, "Contact Picker 2.3" is marked by default.Using a plug-in application
60Before Using the TerminalYou can view the detailed explanations on the high performance Japanese keyboard from the basic to application. The latest information can be obtained from the websites for plug-in applications or keyboard skins.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings]u[Language & input].2Tap   on "Xperia™ Japanese keyboard".3Tap [POBox Touch User Guide].Connect USB keyboard or Bluetooth keyboard that supports HID (Human Interface Device) profile with the terminal to enter characters.❖Information・Some Bluetooth keyboards compatible with HID profiles cannot be used or may not operate properly.・Use USB keyboard or Bluetooth keyboard with key order that is compatible with 106 keyboard/109 keyboard.・Tap the character input box to display   or   on the status bar of the terminal, then enter characters with USB keyboard or Bluetooth keyboard.・Press "半角/全角 (one-byte/two-byte)" key on USB keyboard or Bluetooth keyboard to switch Kana input/Alphabet input on the terminal.・While displaying word suggestions, press "Tab" key/"↓" key on the USB keyboard or the Bluetooth keyboard to select a word in word suggestions.・While not selecting a word in word suggestions, press "Space" key on the USB keyboard or the Bluetooth keyboard to switch to direct conversion.・You can edit texts with connected USB keyboard or the Bluetooth keyboard. For instructions on editing texts on the terminal, see "Editing text" (P.52).- Press "Ctrl" key and "A" key to select all entered text.- Press "Ctrl" key and "X" key to cut a selected character string.- Press "Ctrl" key and "C" key to copy a selected character string.- Press "Ctrl" key and "V" key to paste a copied or cut character string.POBox Touch User GuideUSB keyboard/Bluetooth keyboard
61docomo Palette UIdocomo Palette UIHome screen is a start screen for using applications. You can personalize the Home screen by adding or moving, for example, application shortcuts and widgets, or changing the wallpaper.Tapping y displays Home screen which consists of up to 12 screens you can use flicking left and right.aCurrent home screen positionbWidget : Google SearchcWidget : i-channeldWidget : Machi-charaeShortcuts (applications)fApplications buttongWallpaper❖Information・You can switch the home application between "docomo" and "Xperia™" in the terminal."docomo" is set to the home application by default. To switch the home application, from the Home screen, tap   and [Setup guide] and on the Preferred applications screen, [Change now]u[Home screen], or from the Home screen, tap  , [Settings]u[Xperia™]u[Preferred apps settings]u[Home screen]. To switch applications (Home, phonebook (contacts), video or music player) to be used in the terminal all at once, from the Home screen, tap [Preferred apps settings]u[OK], or from the Home screen, tap  , [Settings]u[Xperia™]u[Preferred apps settings]u[Set all to].・When the home application is switched, widgets or shortcuts on the screen may not be displayed correctly depending on home screen layout etc.Switching the Home screen1Flick the Home screen to left or right.・The Home screen switches.❖Information・You can check the current position of the Home screen with   at the top of the screen.・Alternatively, display a list of home screens and then tap a home screen to switch. For details on the home screen list, see "Displaying a list of home screens" (P.61).Home screenLearning Home screenabefegcd"ひつじのしつじくん®(Butler Sheep)"©NTT DOCOMO
62docomo Palette UIDisplaying a list of home screens1From the Home screen, pinch-in.・A home screen list appears.❖Information・Touch an hold an area of the Home screen where no icons are displayed and tap [Home screens] to display list of home screens.・To return to the home screen, pinch-out, or tap y or x.1Touch and hold an area of the Home screen where no icons are displayed.・"select an action" menu appears to change the Home screen.■ Select an actionAdding a shortcut to the Home screen1On "select an action" menu screen (P.61), tap [Shortcut].2Select a shortcut you want to add.・The shortcut appears on the Home screen.❖Information・Alternatively, you can add from the Home screen,   and touch and hold an icon you want to add, tap [Add].Adding to the Home screenShortcutAdd shortcuts of applications or setting screens. (P.61)WidgetAdd widgets. (P.62)FolderCreate new folder etc. (P.63)KisekaeChange the background of the home screen or application screen, or download from website to add. (P.63)WallpaperChange the wallpaper or download from website to add. (P.63)GroupAdd group shortcut of application screen. (P.64)Home screensShow home screens. (P.61)Wallpaper loop settingsSet whether to loop wallpaper on the Home screen.
63docomo Palette UIAdding a widget to the Home screen1On "select an action" menu screen (P.61), tap [Widget].・A list of widgets appears.BookmarksView bookmarks.CalendarDisplay the calendar.ContactView contacts using Contacts application of Xperia™.Contents HeadlineDisplay latest information of contents such as music, videos, e-books, etc.docomo location informationActivate docomo location information application.docomo Wi-Fiかんたん接続 (docomo Wi-Fi easy connection)View docomo Wi-Fi.FacebookView Friends' comments.Friends' musicView list of songs shared in Facebook.GmailView Inbox of Gmail etc.Google SearchDisplay the Quick search box.Google+ postsView posted contents in Google+.IC Tag/Barcode ReaderEnable or disable IC Tag read mode.InfraredDisplay "Send My profile" button and "Receive file" button for infrared communication.iチャネルウィジェット (i-channel widget)Display latest information such as news or weather.LatitudeView locations of members.Machi-charaDisplay reception of mails or calls information with Machi-chara.Music UnlimitedView Music Unlimited.Personal areaDisplay personal area.PhonebookView phonebook using phonebook application provided by DOCOMO.Phonebook Select membersDisplay history of calls or message (SMS) of 3 contacts selected from the Phonebook fixed/at random.Play StoreShow applications recommended by Google Play.Schedule & MemoDisplay memos or photo memos on the calendar.TrafficEnter a widget name and destination to activate the widget showing travel time to the destination. Tap to check supplied traffic information.YouTubeDisplay the list of frequently played movies and recommended.スマホなるほどツアーズ (Tips of smartphone for docomo with series)View "Tips of smartphone for docomo with series".
64docomo Palette UI2Select an item.❖Information・If you install an application with widget from Google Play, the installed widget is added to the widget list.Adding a folder to the Home screen1On "select an action" menu screen (P.61), tap [Folder].2Select a folder you want to add.・The folder appears on the Home screen.・You can rename or add items to a folder by selecting [New folder] on the folder selection screen.■RenamingTouch and hold a folder you want to renameu[Edit name]uEnter a folder name and tap [OK].■Adding an itemFrom the Home screen, touch and hold a shortcut you want to adduDrag it onto any folder.・A shortcut is moved into a folder.❖Information・Alternatively, open a folder by tapping and then touch and hold the title bar to display the [Folder name] entry box to rename.Changing Kisekae1On "select an action" menu screen (P.61), tap [Kisekae].2Flick left or right and tap a Kisekae you want to change to.❖Information・Alternatively, select Kisekae you want to change to and tap [Set] to change Kisekae.・Alternatively, from the Home screen, tap   and   then tap [Kisekae] to change.・You can add Kisekae contents by tapping [Search] to download from website. To delete added Kisekae contents, select the image and tap [Delete]u[Delete].Changing wallpaper1On "select an action" menu screen (P.61), tap [Wallpaper].2Tap [Album]/[Live Wallpapers]/[Wallpaper gallery]/[Xperia™ wallpapers].・When you tap [Xperia™ wallpapers], select an image to set to the wallpaper, tap [Set wallpaper].プリインアプリ利用状況 (Usage of preinstalled applications)View use of preinstalled applications.診断ツール (Diagnosis tool)Activate diagnosis tool.
65docomo Palette UI・When you tap [Album], select an image to set to the wallpaper, drag and set trimming frame for range in the image you want to use as wallpaper, and then tap [Crop] to set wallpaper.・When you tap [Live Wallpapers], select a content, tap [Set wallpaper]. You can also download and add Live wallpaper content from a web page. For some contents, you can change type or contents displayed on the wallpaper by tapping [Settings].・When you tap [Wallpaper gallery], select an image you want to use as wallpaper, then tap [Set wallpaper].Adding a group to the Home screen1On "select an action" menu screen (P.61), tap [Group].2Select a group of applications you want to add.❖Information・Alternatively, on the Application screen (P.66), touch and hold a group name and then tap [Add].You can add, delete, sort home screens while the home screen list is displayed.・For details on the home screen list, see "Displaying a list of home screens" (P.61).Adding a home screen1From the Home screen, pinch-in.2Tap .❖Information・There are 5 home screens by default. You can add 7 home screens moreover.Deleting a home screen1From the Home screen, pinch-in.2Tap   of thumbnail you want to delete on the Home screen.❖Information・Alternatively, on the home screen list, touch and hold a thumbnail of home screen you want to delete and tap [Delete].Changing the Home screen
66docomo Palette UISorting home screens1From the Home screen, pinch-in.2Touch and hold a home screen you want to sort.3Drag it to the place you want to move.Moving an icon on the Home screen1From the Home screen, touch an icon you want to move.2Drag it anywhere.・To move to another Home screen, keep touching the icon and drag it to left or right.Deleting an icon from the Home screen1From the Home screen, touch and hold an icon you want to delete.2Tap [Delete].❖Information・Alternatively, touch and hold an icon you want to delete from the Home screen and drag it to   displayed at the bottom of the screen.Uninstalling a shortcut or widget on the Home screen・Before uninstalling shortcut or widget on the Home screen, back up contents related to the application or widget that you want to save including data saved in the application or widget.・Some applications or widgets may not be uninstalled.1From the Home screen, touch and hold a shortcut or widget you want to uninstall.2Tap [Uninstall].・Uninstall screen appears.3Tap [OK]u[OK].❖Information・You can also uninstall them from the Settings menu. For details, see "Deleting installed application" (P.132).
67docomo Palette UIYou can access the applications installed in the terminal using the Application screen.1From the Home screen, tap   (Applications button).・The Application screen appears.aApplication tab・View Application screen.bRecommends tab・Install applications recommended by DOCOMO.cOptional menu icon・View optional menu such as Settings.dGroup name・To display/hide applications in the group, tap the group name.eApplication icon・ is displayed for newly arrived application.・Some application icons are displayed with a number of missed calls or unread mails.fApplications in the group・To display/hide all applications in the group, pinch-out/in the Application screen.gNumber of applications in the group❖Information・To close the Application screen, tap x or y.・If you download applications from website, icons with   are added to the Application screen.・If you selected Japanese as a language in Initial settings (P.31), some group names are displayed in Japanese even after the language setting is changed. These group names can be changed to English (P.74).Application screenLearning Application screendgfeabc
68docomo Palette UIThe applications displayed on the Application screen by default are as follows.・For usage of some applications, separate subscription (Charged) is required.■ DOCOMO Services■ Basic FunctionsApplicationsIcon Applications Description Pagedmenu A shortcut application for "dmenu" to find contents that you used in i-mode and joyful and convenient contents for smartphones readily.P. 1 6 1dmarket Activate dmarket. You can buy contents such as music, videos, books at the dmarket. Applications on Google Play are also featured.P. 1 6 1iチャネル (i-channel) An application for using i-channel.−iコンシェル (i-concier)An application for using i-concier. i-concier is a service in which a mobile phone supports your life like a "butler" or "concierge".−しゃべってコンシェル (Shabette concier)Speak "what you want to search" or "what you want to do" to the terminal. It understands your intention and display the best solution on the display from the services or functions of the terminal (in Japanese only).−Machi-chara An application for displaying character on the terminal screen. The character moves on the widget and informs you i-concier information, mail reception, incoming calls, etc.−ドコモバックアップ (docomo backup)An application for using "ケータイデータお預かりサービス (Data Security Service)" or "電話帳バックアップ (Phonebook backup)". Back up or restore phonebook data etc.−Icon Applications Description PagePhone Activate DOCOMO phone application to make/receive calls, and switch between calls.P. 7 7Dial Activate Xperia™ phone application to make/receive calls, and switch between calls.−
69docomo Palette UI■ EntertainmentPhonebook Activate DOCOMO phonebook application to manage phonebooks of your friends or colleagues.P. 8 5Contacts Activate Xperia™ phonebook application to manage contacts of your friends or colleagues.−SD card backup An application to move or back up data such as phonebook entries, sp-mode mails, bookmarks, etc. using external memory such as microSD card.P. 2 1 9spモードメール (sp-mode mail)Send/receive mails using docomo mail address (@docomo.ne.jp). You can use pictogram and Deco-mail. Mails can be received automatically.P. 9 6Area Mail Receive early warning "Area Mail" and view received Area Mail. P.107Disaster kit An application which helps you to record and check messages on the docomo Disaster Message Board.−Instruction Manual Display the terminal instruction manual. You can start a function you want to use from the explanation (in Japanese only).* See "About manuals of SO-02E" in "Introduction".−Setup guide Display Setup guide. P.31Icon Applications Description PageMedia Player Play music and videos. P.201WALKMAN Playback music data stored on the internal storage or microSD card.−1Seg Watch 1Seg program. P.167Gガイド番組表 (Program table)View ground-based broadcasting, BS digital broadcasting. Searching programs by key words or categories, watching 1Seg, and remote recording of 1Seg program from outside are available.−Video Unlimited Connect to "Video Unlimited" which allows you to download favorite videos and watch them anywhere.−Music Unlimited Connect to "Music Unlimited" which allows you to listen to music around the world anytime and anywhere.−Icon Applications Description Page
70docomo Palette UI■ Tools■ Osaifu/Shopping電子書籍 Reader by Sony (eBook Reader by Sony)You can buy topical books or popular comics from SONY's eBook store "Reader Store" whenever you like.−FM radio Use FM radio. P.174Movies Acquire video information etc.−Connected devices Set and manage media server via Connected devices, and connect DLNA device to the terminal via Wi-Fi network to share files.P. 1 5 9Facebook Activate Facebook client application. P.136Timescape™View Social Networking Service (SNS) history. P.204Album View photos and videos you took, and images posted on Picasa or Facebook.P. 1 9 5PSMを始めよう (Let's start PSM)Show dedicated website for the "PS Store".Download games to play on the terminal.−Icon Applications Description PageCamera Take photos and record video clips. P.175Memo Create/Manage memos. It supports i-concier service.−Schedule Create/Manage schedule. It supports i-concier service.−Infrared An application which allows you to send and receive phonebook data, etc. via infrared communication.P. 1 5 3 IC Tag/Barcode Reader Read IC Tag and barcode.−Calculator Perform basic calculations such as addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division.−Alarm & clock Set alarm and view clock. P.215OfficeSuite View and read Office documents. P.221Icon Applications Description PageOsaifu-Keitai Use Osaifu-Keitai. P.163Icon Applications Description Page
71docomo Palette UI■ Settings■ GoogleiD設定アプリ (iD setting application)Make settings for use of electronic money, iD. P.165ToruCa Acquire, display, search, or refresh ToruCa. P.166Icon Applications Description PageSettings Make the terminal settings. P.112遠隔サポート (Remote support)An application for using "スマートフォンあんしん遠隔サポート (Smartphone Anshin Remote Support)". With "スマートフォンあんしん遠隔サポート (Smartphone Anshin Remote Support)", call center staff can provide operational support while checking your terminal screen remotely.−Xperia Start Up Access Google Play to download applications to make use of Xperia even more useful and fun.−Update Center Update the latest software or application. P.240−Flash Player Settings Change settings for controlling application running method in Flash Player.−Icon Applications Description PageEmail Send and receive emails (multiple accounts are also available). P.99Gmail Send and receive mails from/to a Google account. P.106Messaging Send and receive messages (SMS). P.96Talk Chat with friends using Google Talk instant messaging. P.106Browser Browse Web and WAP sites (except for WML) and download files. P.108Search Search information in the terminal and web pages from keywords. P.39Downloads View a list of files downloaded from websites.−Play Store Access to the Google Play, download and buy new applications. P.162YouTube Playback videos around the world or upload recorded videos. P.198Icon Applications Description Page
72docomo Palette UI■ RecommendsPlay Movies An application for accessing movie rental service of Google Play. Select a movie you want to watch and rent it.−Calendar Display a calendar and manage schedule. P.213Maps Use Google map services, such as viewing current location, finding another location and calculating routes.P. 2 0 9Navigation Display Google map navigation to receive detailed guides for your destination.P. 2 1 1Local Use various information registered on Google map, such as shops around the current location.P. 2 1 0Latitude Check and share the location information of specified friends. P.212Google+ Activate Social Network Service (SNS) client application "Google+" provided by Google.−Messenger Chat with friends using Google+ instant messaging.−Icon Applications Description PageAnshin Scan Protect your terminal from damage by virus. Detect virus hidden in installed applications or microSD card.−Book Store MyShelf  An application for viewing e-books you purchased on the dmarket BOOK store.−HighlightCam Analyze photos and videos you took, and automatically edit them to create a new video. You can select template and BGM according to the scenes. Created videos can easily be posted to SNS etc.−Twitter Official client application for Twitter. Post a short message on public on the website to communicate with others.−地図アプリ (Map Application)Functions such as 地図 (Map), お店や施設検索 (Shop and facility search), ナビ (Navigation), 乗換 (Transfer function), 訪れた街 (Visited places) support your outing.−Name card creator Create original name card to display in the My profile field of docomo "Phonebook" application.−Icon Applications Description Page
73docomo Palette UI❖Information・From the Home screen, tap   and tap "Recommends" tab to display applications recommended by DOCOMO. For details, see "Installing "Recommends" applications" (P.76).・Some application names may not be displayed fully.・Some applications require downloading and installation. If you cannot download application by tapping, from the Home screen, tap   and tap [Settings]u[Security]u[Unknown sources]u[OK], mark the checkbox and then tap the application.・Activating two or more applications may increase battery consumption and the operation time may become short. For this reason, it is recommended to end applications when not used. To end the application, on the application screen you are using, tap x to display the Home screen (P.60).・If you selected Japanese as a language in Initial settings (P.31), some group names are displayed in Japanese even after the language setting is changed. These group names can be changed to English (P.74).ドコモ海外利用 (International roaming)An application which supports using packet communication overseas. You can set Data roaming setting or a network operator applicable for international Pake-hodai easily.−ecoモード (eco mode) An application to set "eco mode" for reducing battery consumption by adjusting each setting such as display brightness.−Icon Applications Description Page
74docomo Palette UIFrom the Application screen, you can add icons, sort icons, uninstall applications. Also you can change group setting.Adding an application icon to the Home screen1From the Application screen, touch and hold an icon you want to add to the Home screen.2Tap [Add].・The application icon is added onto the Home screen.❖Information・Touch and hold an area of the Home screen where no icons are displayed and tap [Shortcut] u[Application] and select an application to add an icon.Sorting application icons1From the Application screen, touch and hold an application icon you want to sort.2Drag it anywhere.・The application icon moves.❖Information・To move an application icon to another application group, touch and hold the icon on the Application screen, tap [Move], then select a group you want to move to. Alternatively, to move an icon, you can touch and hold an icon on the Application screen, then drag it to the group you want to move to.Uninstalling an applicationSome application icons can be deleted from the Application screen.・Before uninstalling application, back up contents related to the application that you want to save including data saved in the application.・Some applications or widgets may not be uninstalled.1From the Application screen, touch and hold an icon of application you want to uninstall.2Tap [Uninstall].・Uninstall screen appears.3Tap [OK]u[OK].❖Information・You can also uninstall them from the Settings menu. For details, see "Deleting installed application" (P.132).Changing the Application screen
75docomo Palette UIAdding a shortcut of group to the Home screen1From the Application screen, touch and hold an icon you want to add to the Home screen.2Tap [Add].・Shortcuts to the group is added to the Home screen.❖Information・Touch and hold an area of the Home screen where no icons are displayed and tap [Group] and select a group to add a shortcut.Changing a label color of the group name1From the Application screen, touch and hold a group you want to change the color.2Tap [Edit label] and select label color to change.・The color for group name is changed.Deleting a group1From the Application screen, touch and hold a group you want to delete.2Tap [Delete]u[OK].・Application icons belonged to the deleted group move to the "Download Application" group.❖Information・"Recently", "DOCOMO Services", and "Download Application" groups cannot be deleted.Changing a group name1From the Application screen, touch and hold a group you want to rename.2Tap [Edit name].3Enter a group name in the [Group name] entry box and tap [OK].・The group is renamed.❖Information・"Recently", "DOCOMO Services", and "Download Application" groups cannot be renamed.Adding a group1From the Application screen, tap  and tap [Add group].2Enter a group name in the [Group name] entry box and tap [OK].・A new group is added.
76docomo Palette UISorting groups1From the Application screen, touch and hold a group name you want to sort.2Drag it anywhere.・The group is moved.You can view and access recently used applications from this window.1Tap r.・Recently used applications appear on a list. Tap an application to activate. Flick left or right to delete from the list.❖Information・On the recently used applications list screen, touch and hold an application to select [Remove from list]/[App info].Search application installed into the terminal to activate.1From the Application screen, tap  and then tap [Search].・When you use for the first time, the Terms of Service window for Google Search appears. Read the terms of use and tap [OK].・The software keyboard appears.2Enter application name you want to search in the search box.・Search suggestions appear as you enter a character.3Tap a search item.・The application activates.❖Information・Alternatively, from the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Search] to search application. For details, refer to "Searching information in the terminal and web pages" (P.39).Opening the recently used applications windowSearching applications
77docomo Palette UIIcons on the Application screen can be displayed in a list or tiles.1From the Application screen, tap  and then tap [List format]/[Tile format].The "Recommends" tab in the Application screen shows applications recommended by DOCOMO.(P. 6 6)1From the Application screen, tap [Recommends] tab.2Tap an application.・Download screen opens. Follow the onscreen instructions.❖Information・Downloaded applications are displayed in "Download Application" group on "Application" tab in the Application screen.・Tap [もっとアプリを見る (More apps)] on the [Recommends] tab to display "dmenu".1From the Application screen, tap  and then tap [Application info].・The home application information appears.Switching application screensInstalling "Recommends" applicationsChecking Home application information
78PhonePhone1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Dial] tab.2Enter the number of the recipient and tap  .・If a wrong number is entered, tap   to delete the number.❖Information・To activate Xperia™ phone application, from the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Dial].Entering pause (,)This function allows you to operate voice mail at home, to reserve tickets, or to check the balance of a bank account, etc.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Dial] tab.2Enter the phone number, then tap  and tap [Add 2–sec pause].When the terminal is within range of the service area, you can make an emergency call of 110 (Police), 119 (Fire and ambulance), or 118 (Japan Coast Guard).1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Dial].2Enter the number of the emergency call and tap  .・If a wrong number is entered, tap   to delete the number.❖Note・If docomo mini UIM card is not inserted to the terminal, emergency calls (110, 119, 118) cannot be made in Japan.・You can make an emergency call by tapping [Emergency call] on the screen unlocking screen. In Japan, however, when the power ON, on the PIN code entry screen (P.141), or on the PUK entry screen (P.142), emergency calls (110, 119, 118) cannot be made even if you tap [Emergency call].・If SIM card lock is set in Airplane mode, emergency call cannot be made.・This terminal supports "Emergency call location information". If you use the terminal to place a call to emergency numbers such as 110, 119, or 118, the information of a location where you are calling from (location information) is automatically notified to the Emergency call acceptance organization such as the Police Station.The Emergency call acceptance organization may not be able to figure out your exact location depending Making/Receiving a callMaking a callEmergency call
79Phoneon the location where you place a call or radio wave condition.If you make a call hiding your caller ID, such as by entering a phone number with "184" for each call, the location information and phone number are not notified. However, the Emergency call acceptance organization may decide to obtain the location information and phone number regardless of your settings when they consider it is necessary for lifesaving, etc. Note that the areas/time for which the "Emergency call location information" is ready to be used vary depending on the preparatory state of each Emergency call acceptance organization.・When calling 110, 119 or 118 for emergency from the terminal, tell that you are calling from a mobile phone, and give your phone number and your current location precisely for checking callback from the police/fire department. Also, make a point to call in a stationary position to prevent the call from being dropped. Do not power off the terminal for at least 10 minutes after the emergency call just in case the Police or Fire/Ambulance may have to get in contact with you.・Note that you may not connect to the local Fire Department or Police Station depending on where you are calling from. In this case, try to call from a public phone or an ordinary phone in the neighborhood.1Tap [End call].For details on WORLD CALL, refer to DOCOMO International Services website.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Dial] tab.2Touch and hold [0] key until "+" sign appears.・When making an international call, "+" is replaced by an international access code.3Enter Country codeuArea code (City code)uThe number of the recipient and tap  .・If the area code begins with "0", omit "0". However, "0" may be required to dial to some countries or areas such as Italy.1While receiving a call, touch and hold   (left) and drag it to   (right).❖Information・If you are using regular headphones without a microphone, you need to speak to the microphone of the terminal.・During the screen lock, the icon appears and you can answer a call by the same operation.Ending a callMaking an international call (WORLD CALL)Receiving a call
80Phone1When receiving a call, press m/p.❖Information・You can stop vibration by pressing m/p when silent mode (vibration) is set.・From the Home screen, press m to mute the ringtone for an incoming call.1While receiving a call, touch and hold   (right) and drag it to   (left).❖Information・During the screen lock, the icon appears and you can reject a call by the same operation.・If you reject an incoming call during use of Voice Mail Service, the call is connected to the Voice Mail service center.When you cannot answer a call, you can reject the call and send a message (SMS). Message to send is registered in advance, and you can edit it if necessary.1Drag   upwards when receiving a call.2Tap a message to send.・The message (SMS) is sent to the caller.❖Information・While Voice Mail service is in use, a call is rejected and a message (SMS) is sent then the caller is connected to the Voice Mail service center.・To create a new message to send, when receiving a call, drag   up and tap   to create a message and send. To edit a message, from the Home screen, tap   and  , then tap [Call settings]u[Reject call with message] to select and edit an existing message, then tap [OK].Muting the ringtone for an incoming callDeclining a callDeclining an incoming call and sending a message (SMS)
81PhoneYou can make or answer a call with Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample) connecting to the terminal.■ Making a call1Make a call with Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample) connected.・An operation of making a call is the same as usual operation. (P.77)2Press the switch to end the call.■ Receiving a call1While receiving a call, press the switch of Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample).・The call is connected.・When receiving a call, you can decline the call by pressing the switch for a second or more.2To end a call, press the switch again.❖Information・While listening to music with Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample) connecting to the terminal, you can answer a call by pressing the switch. Music pauses on calling. Music restarts when ending the call automatically depending on the player application.・Connecting and removing Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample) repeatedly during a call may disconnect a call.Using Stereo Headset with Microphone
82Phone1During a call, press m to adjust.❖Information・You can adjust the ear speaker volume only during a call.■ Calling screenaName of the other partybA photo saved in PhonebookcCall duration timedSpeaker : Set speakerphone on/off.・Other party's voice can be heard from the speaker and handsfree call can be made.・When the speakerphone is on, a speakerphone icon   appears in the status bar.ePhonebook : View phonebook entry list screen.fOption menu : Set Hold during a call.・To cancel Hold, tap [Retrieve call] during Hold.・To set a call on hold, "Call waiting" subscription is required. (P.84)gNumber of the other partyhMute : Set muting on/off of the microphone during a call.・When the microphone is muted, a mute icon   appears in the status bar.iDial key : Enter the phone number you want to add to make a call.・The ongoing call is automatically on hold.・To add a call, "Call waiting" subscription is required. (P.84)jEnd call❖Note・Do not bring the terminal close to your ear with the speakerphone on to avoid from hearing damage.Adjusting the ear speaker volumeOperations during a callegajibchfd
83Phone1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Recent calls] tab.・The Recent calls screen appears.On the Recent calls screen, incoming call history and outgoing call history are displayed in chronological order.aIncoming historybCall status icons : Caller ID notified : Caller ID hidden・Notified if calls are made with "186" (Notify)/"184" (Hide) prefixed to the number.・If you enter a phone number and tap  , then select [Caller ID notification]u[Notify]/[Not notify] to make a call,   /   does not appear in the call log list. : Koe-no-Takuhaibin・For details on Koe-no-Takuhaibin, refer to "Koe-no-Takuhaibin" (P.84) or NTT DOCOMO website. : Outgoing international call : Incoming international callcPhone number/namedConsecutive calls with the same party・Tap a history or   to display combined history, tap again to display individually.・Number in bracket indicates number of combined history.eOutgoing historyfOutgoinggHistory icons : Missed call : Incoming call : Outgoing callhDateiPhonebook❖Information・On the Recent calls screen, tap   and tap [Search location] to check the current location of the party using imadocokantan search. To set/edit "Network service" or "Reject call with message", tap   and tap [Call settings]. (P.84)Call historyShowing call historyRecent calls screenabceghidf
84PhoneWhen you have missed calls,   appears in the status bar.1Drag the status bar downwards.2Tap [Missed call].❖Information・When you set the screen lock to "Slide", a missed call icon appears on the screen unlock screen for missed calls. For the setting to show or hide icons, see "Setting information displayed on the unlock screen" (P.128).1On the Recent calls screen (P.82), tap .1On the Recent calls screen (P.82), touch and hold a phone number, tap [Edit number before call]u[Add Phonebook].・You can also save by tapping the number and then [Add Phonebook] at the bottom of the screen.2Tap desired phonebook entry, or tap [Register new].・When you set Google account etc., tap [Register new] to select an account to register.3On the profile editing screen, enter information and tap [Save].1On the Recent calls screen (P.82), tap .2Tap [Delete all]u[OK].❖Information・To delete only an item of call log, on the Recent calls list screen (P.82), touch and hold a call log you want to delete and tap [Delete from call log]u[OK].・To delete all any of "Incoming history" or "Outgoing history", on the Recent calls list screen (P.82), tap [Incoming history]/[Outgoing history] and tap  , then [Delete all]u[OK].Displaying missed callsMaking a call from call historyAdding a number from the call history to PhonebookDeleting a call history
85PhoneYou can use the network services and search for available networks.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap  .2Tap [Call settings].・You can set the following options.Call settingsNetwork serviceKoe-no-TakuhaibinKoe-no-Takuhaibin is a service of taking voice messages for you.Voice mail serviceIt is a service of taking caller's message when you cannot answer an incoming call.Call forwarding serviceIt is a service of transferring call when you cannot answer an incoming call.Call WaitingIt is a service of putting the current call on hold and answering an incoming call or making a call to another party.Caller ID notificationNotify the display of the recipient phone of your phone number.Nuisance call blocking serviceRegister phone numbers of nuisance call to reject.Network ServiceCaller ID display request serviceRequest number notification for calls without phone number with guidance.Second call settingsSet action for additional incoming call during a call.Call notificationNotify incoming calls by SMS while the power is off or you are out of service area.English guidanceSet voice guidance to English.Remote operation settingsSet to operate Voice Mail Service or Call forwarding Service using land-line phone, public phone or DOCOMO mobile phone, etc.Roaming settingsP. 2 2 8Advanced call settingsSet whether to reject an incoming call with phone number that is unregistered in the Phonebook automatically.Reject call with messageEdit/Set a message (SMS) to be sent when rejecting an incoming call.Service providersWhen you start using overseas or move out of your operator's network, the terminal searches another available network and reconnects to it.Noise suppressionMake the voice clear to understand for the other party during a call.
86PhoneIn the Phonebook, you can enter various information for contacts, for example, phone numbers, mail addresses and web service accounts. You can display phonebook entry to get quick access to that contact.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Phonebook].・The phonebook list screen appears.・Alternatively, from the Home screen, tap   and tap [Phonebook] to display phonebook list screen.❖Information・To activate Xperia™ phone application, from the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Contacts].On the phonebook list screen, you can view details of your contacts. You can add a picture to a phonebook entry, and display phonebook entries by group.aContacts tabbName registered in the phonebook entrycEntry items・Icons indicate entry items.dPhoto set in the phonebook entryeRegisterfGroup・Select a group to be displayed.gCommunication tab・Display call history, sp-mode mail history, message (SMS) history. You can call or send a message (SMS) from history.hTimeLine tab・TimeLine for SNS or Blog set in Linking to SNS function appears. Tap to show detailed screen and post comment or Like.AccountsSet Internet phone (SIP) account.Use Internet callingSet Internet phone (SIP) call method.PhonebookOpening PhonebookPhonebook list screenlag hcdbfejikm
87PhoneiOption menujMy profile tab・Check your own phone number.kIndex character area・Tap index character to display phonebook entries allocated to the index character.lIndex・Display the index character to search entries in the order of Japanese syllabary, alphabet, etc.mSearchAdding a new phonebook entry1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap [Register].・When you set Google account etc., you can select an account to add.2Entering name on the profile editing screen.3Select a desired item to enter.・You can set phone number, mail address, group, etc. Tap   in "Others", then tap [Add] to add information.4Tap [Save].❖Information・When you save "Phonetic name (family/given)", phonebook list is displayed according to Japanese syllabary order or alphabets order of "Phonetic name". If you enter "family/given" in Kanji without entering "Phonetic name" to add phonebook entry, the name appear in "ABC" field on the phonebook list screen.・To check the number of registered data in the Phonebook, from the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap  , and [Others]u[About].・If you set [Xperia™] on "Set all to" in Preferred apps settings (P.60) and register contact in "Contacts" application, you can select "Phone contact" as saving location and set ringtone. When "docomo" is set in Preferred apps settings (P.60), ringtone set on "Phone contact" account cannot be changed.・If "docomo" account is selected as saving location when registering phonebook entries, SNS/Blog accounts can be set.Managing phonebook
88PhoneUsing shortcuts of PhonebookWhen you tap the photo (image) part on the phonebook list screen, shortcuts for phone, mail, etc. appear. Tap the shortcut to make a call, or create and send a mail.* You can also use the registered addresses, etc.❖Information・When you tap a part other than photo (image) on the phonebook list screen, profile screen of the phonebook appears instead of shortcuts.・Email shortcut appears when email address is saved in the selected phonebook entry and you have set your email account. If you have not set your email account, shortcut for Gmail ( ) appears.・For a phonebook entry with only name, tapping photo (image) does not display the shortcut.Making a call using the phonebook1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap a phonebook entry to call.2On the Profile screen, tap a phone number.3Tap [Call].Searching for a phonebook entry1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap [Search].2Enter name or reading you want to search in the search field.・All phonebook entries beginning with those letters appear.Changing contacts display order1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap  , then tap [Others]u[Contacts display order].2Tap [Japanese order]/[Alphabetical order]/[Number order].Make a call to saved phone number.Create and send message (SMS).Select Email application to create and send an email.・If [Use by default for this action.] checkbox is marked, application selection screen will not appear for the next time.
89PhoneChanging accounts to displayYou can set registered phonebook entries to be displayed in the phonebook list.1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap  , then tap [Others]u[Accounts to display].2Tap [Display all accounts]/[docomo]/[Phone contacts].・When "Phone contacts" is set as a saving location, "Phone contacts" is used as a phonebook. (P.86)・When you set Google account etc., select an account to be displayed.・Tap [Customize...], select a checkbox for each account, and then customize display of the phonebook list screen.Displaying phonebook entries by group1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap [Groups].2Tap a group.・Phonebook entries are displayed by the group set when the entry is registered.・To hide the group, tap [Close].Setting group for phonebook entryYou can set phonebook entries registered to docomo account to a group from the phonebook list screen.1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap [Groups] and touch and hold a phonebook entry to set a group, and then drag it to any group.❖Information・To cancel group setting, on the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap [Groups] and touch and hold a phonebook entry you want to cancel the group setting, and then drag it to set group.・When you set Google account etc., display groups by account. You can set/cancel group in the same account.Creating a new group in Phonebook1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap [Groups]u[Add].・When "Add" is not displayed, flick on groups to display.2Tap [docomo].・When you set Google account etc., you can select it as an account to add.
90Phone3On the group addition screen, enter color, icon, group name, and tap [OK].・The items vary depending on the account type.❖Information・You can edit/delete newly created groups and "Family"/"Friends"/"Company", which are saved by default. To edit a group, touch and hold a group and tap [Edit group], then enter group name etc. and tap [OK]. To delete a group, touch and hold a group and tap [Delete group], then tap [OK]. Phonebook entries belonged to the deleted group move to the "No group" tab.・You cannot add a group that has the same name as existing groups.Editing a phonebook entry1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap a phonebook entry to edit.2On the profile screen, tap [Edit].3Select a required item and edit.・Tap [Add] to set phone number or mail address, and tap   on "Others" and [Add] to add information.4Tap [Save].Registering a phonebook entry to FavoritesYou can mark a phonebook entry as a favorite. The favorite list provides quick access to the phonebook entry you have marked.1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap a phonebook entry you want to mark.2On the profile screen, tap  .❖Information・Only phonebook entries saved to the docomo account can be added to Favorites.・To save a phonebook entry to Favorites, alternatively, tap [Groups] on the phonebook list screen (P.85) and touch and hold a phonebook entry you want to save to Favorites, then drag it onto "Favorites".・To display phonebook entries added to Favorites, on the phonebook list screen, tap [Groups]u[Favorites], or from the Home screen, tap   and then tap [Favorites] tab.Setting photo in a phonebook entry1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap a phonebook entry you want to add a picture.2On the profile screen, tap [Edit].3Tap [Setting] for image.
91Phone4Tap [Take photo]/[Select picture].・After shooting a photo or selecting an image, drag or pinch adjusting a trimming frame to set range for displaying image, and then tap [Crop].5Tap [Save].❖Information・You can also set photo to a phonebook entry by the following operation.From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Album]. Select an image you want to set and tap the screen and  , then tap [Use as]u[Photo of phonebook]. Select a phonebook entry you want to register, set image range to be displayed, and then tap [Crop].Setting ringtone1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap a phonebook entry to set ringtone.2On the profile screen, tap   and [Set ringtone].3Select a ringtone and tap [Done].❖Information・To set a ringtone other than the ones stored by default, tap  .・Depending on the saving account, ringtone can be set when saving a phonebook entry.Combining phonebook entriesYou can bind multiple phonebook entries together into one.1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap a phonebook entry to combine.2On the profile screen, tap   and [Join/Separate].・Phonebook entries to be combined are displayed.3Tap the phonebook entry to combine.❖Information・To cancel binding, on the profile screen of the phonebook, tap  , then tap [Join/Separate]u[Separate].Deleting a phonebook entry1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap  , then tap [Delete].2Mark the phonebook entry you want to delete.・If you want to delete all phonebook entries, tap [Select all].3Tap [Delete]u[OK].
92Phone❖Information・To delete only an item of phonebook entry, on the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap a phonebook entry you want to delete and tap  , then tap [Delete]u[OK].Checking My profile and editing information1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap [My profile].2Tap [Edit].3On the My profile screen, enter necessary information.・Tap [Add] to set phone number or mail address, and tap [Set] to add SNS or Blog account. Tap   in "Others", then tap [Add] to add information.4Tap [Save].❖Information・You can register multiple phone numbers, mail addresses, SNS/Blog accounts, etc. in My profile.・Name card data created with name card creator application can be saved to My profile and the name card data can be exchanged via network. When you use for the first time, on the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap the [My profile] tab and [Create new] and follow the onscreen instructions.Displaying SNS information in phonebookSet up SNS or Blog account to start/stop Linking SNS function. Setting up Linking SNS function allows you to browse messages for SNS/Blog in "TimeLine" in the phonebook entry list screen and post messages or photos.■ Starting1Tap [My profile] on the phonebook list screen (P.85).2Tap [Edit], tap [Set] for "SNS・Blog", and tap [OK].3Tap [Start right now] to register accounts for SNS or Blog.・After this step, follow the onscreen instructions.■ Stopping1Tap [My profile] on the phonebook list screen (P.85).2Tap  , tap [General settings]u[Stop Linking to SNS]u[Stop service]u[Stop]u[Close].
93Phone❖Information・Alternatively, to start Linking to SNS, tap [TimeLine] tab in the phonebook entry list screen (P.85) and tap [Start right now] to register SNS/Blog account information.・SNS information cannot be displayed for phonebook entries saved in other than docomo account.・To display SNS information, from the phonebook entry list screen (P.85), tap  , tap [Others]uTap [Linking to SNS settings] and select SNS account and user to display and tap [End]. Or select entry in the phonebook entry list screen (P.85) and tap [Edit] and tap [Set] in [SNS・Blog], then select SNS account and user and tap [End].Sending phonebook entries via infrared communication1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap  , then tap [Others]u[Send data(infrared)].・To send an entry, tap [Send one], select entry to send then tap [OK]u[OK].・To send all phonebook entries, tap [Send all] u Tap [Start], enter docomo apps password, tap [OK], then enter the same authentication password as that of the recipient and tap [OK] u [OK] u [OK].❖Information・When sending all phonebook entries via infrared communication, you need to enter authentication password an docomo apps password. Authentication password is a 4-digit number fixed up between you and other party in advance. For details of docomo apps password, refer to "docomo apps password" (P.134).・To activate infrared communication in a selected phonebook entry, tap   in the profile screen, [Infrared]u[OK]u[OK]. To send My profile, tap [My profile] on the phonebook entry list screen (P.85), tap , [Send via infrared]u[OK]u[OK]. If a name card is stored in My profile, tapping [Send via infrared] opens a screen to select [send my profile] or [Exchange name card (via infrared)].・Phonebook entries can be sent using "Infrared" app. For details, see "Sending data via infrared communication" (P.155).Sending phonebook via Bluetooth/Email/GmailRegistered phonebook and My profile information can be sent using Bluetooth function (P.156), or email attachment function.■ Sending phonebook1Tap a phonebook entry you want to send on the phonebook list screen (P.85).2On the profile screen, tap   and [Share].
94Phone3Select sending method and follow the onscreen instructions.■ Sending My profile1Tap [My profile] on the phonebook list screen (P.85).2Tap  and [Share].3Select sending method and follow the onscreen instructions.❖Information・To use Bluetooth function, turn on Bluetooth function (P.156) in advance or select [Bluetooth] in Step 3 then tap [Turn on].・If you want to send data as files attached to email/Gmail, send from the compose screen for the mail service in which you have set an account. When you have not set a Gmail account, setup wizard appears. You can create and send email after settings are done.・Messaging (SMS) is not available.・You cannot send some information such as name card data set in phonebook.・For sending all phonebook entries, see "Sharing phonebook entry currently displayed" (P.93).Sharing phonebook entry currently displayed1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap  , then tap [Others]u[Import/Export].2Tap [Share phonebook data].3Select sending method and follow the onscreen instructions.・If [Use by default for this action.] checkbox is marked, application selection screen will not appear for the next time.❖Information・If display conditions for phonebook (P.88) are set, only phonebook entries to be displayed are exported.・To use Bluetooth function, turn on Bluetooth function (P.156) in advance or select [Bluetooth] in Step 3 then tap [Turn on].・If you want to send data as files attached to email/Gmail, send from the compose screen for the mail service in which you have set an account. When you have not set a Gmail account, setup wizard appears. You can create and send email after settings are done.・Messaging (SMS) is not available.・You cannot send some information such as name card data set in phonebook.You can export/import phonebook entries from/to microSD card or docomo mini UIM card. This is useful, for example, when you want to transfer the contact information to another phone.Exporting/Importing phonebook entries
95Phone❖Information・You can also use a synchronization service for synchronizing your phonebook. For details, refer to "Setting Auto-sync" (P.137).Exporting phonebook to microSD card1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap  , then tap [Others]u[Import/Export].2Tap [Export to SD card].3Select a phonebook you want to export.・Tap to select any of [Export one contact data]/[Export some contact data]/[Export all contact data], then tap [OK].・When [Export one contact data]/[Export some contact data] is selected and tap [OK], select a contact you want to export and tap [OK].4Select [Yes]/[No] to attach name card.5Tap [OK].❖Information・Alternatively, on the phonebook list screen, tap [My profile] tab, then tap   and [General settings]u[Data management]u[Export] to export phonebook entries to microSD card.Importing phonebook from microSD card1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap  , then tap [Others]u[Import/Export].2Tap [Import from SD card].・When you set Google account etc., select an account.3Select vCard file you want to import.・If there is only one file, vCard file selection screen does not appear. The file is imported immediately.・If a file has multiple phonebook entries, they are imported all at once.・If there are two or more vCard files, tap any of [Import one phonebook data]/[Import multiple phonebook data]/[Import all phonebook data] to select.4Tap [OK].・If you select [Import one phonebook data]/[Import multiple phonebook data] and tap [OK], select vCard files to import then tap [OK].❖Information・For some phonebook entries, a part of data may not be imported or exported.
96Phone・Alternatively, on the phonebook list screen, tap [My profile] tab, then tap   and [General settings]u[Data management]u[Import]u[Import from SD card] to import phonebook entries from a microSD card.Importing phonebook entries from docomo mini UIM card1On the phonebook list screen (P.85), tap  , then tap [Others]u[Import/Export].2Tap [Import from SIM card].・When you set Google account etc., select an account.3To import one entry, tap an entry you want to import.・To import all phonebook entries, tap   and [Import all phonebook data].・If there is a phonebook entry whose name is matched with the imported entry, the entry is imported as a separated one.❖Information・Names and phone numbers can be imported.・Alternatively, on the phonebook list screen, tap [My profile] tab, then tap   and [General settings]u[Data management]u[Import]u[Import from SIM card] to import contacts from the docomo mini UIM card.・To export phonebook entries to docomo mini UIM card, use Xperia™ phonebook application. Note that only name and the first phone number can be saved because of memory space of docomo mini UIM card. For some phonebook entries, a part of data may not be exported.An application to move or back up data of phonebook, sp-mode mail, bookmark, etc. using external memory such as microSD card. For SD card backup, see "SD card backup" (P.219).Using SD card backup
97Mail/Web browserMail/Web browse rSend/receive mails using DOCOMO mail address (@docomo.ne.jp).You can use pictogram and Deco-mail. Mails can be received automatically. For details on sp-mode mail, refer to "ご利用ガイドブック (spモード編) (Mobile Phone User's Guide [sp-mode]) (in Japanese only)".1From the Home screen, tap  .2Flick the screen, then tap [ダウンロード (Download)].・After this step, follow the instructions on the screen.❖Information・When the screen lock (P.142) is set to "Slide", a notification icon for sp-mode mail reception can be displayed on the unlock screen. For the setting to show or hide icons, see "Setting information displayed on the unlock screen" (P.128).・sp-mode mail data can be backed up in a microSD card using "SD card backup". For information on backing up, see "SD card backup" (P.219).You can send and receive text messages up to 70 two-byte characters (up to 160 one-byte characters) with a mobile phone number as the destination.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Messaging].2Tap   (New mail).3Tap  , then mark a checkbox for the other party to send to from the contacts list.・When you enter a name or phone number in the box at the top of the screen, a list of contacts beginning with the entered numbers or letters appears.・You can input phone number directly by tapping [To:].4Tap [Done].5Tap [Write message] and enter a message.・Tap   and [Select message template] to enter by selecting texts from templates registered in "Message template settings" (P.98).sp-mode mail Message (SMS)Sending message (SMS)
98Mail/Web browser・When the number of entered characters comes close to a limit, a counter appears on the upper left of the text box and you can check the remaining entry space.6Tap [Send].❖Information・For the character entry, see "Character entry" (P.40).・You can also send/receive text messages to/from customers of overseas network operators. See "Mobile Phone User's Guide [International Services]" or the DOCOMO International Services website.・To send SMS to users of overseas network operators, enter "+", "Country code" and then "the recipient mobile phone number". Enter the phone number without a leading "0", if any. You can also enter "010", "Country code" and "the recipient mobile phone number" to send messages (To reply to the received SMS overseas, enter "010").1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Messaging].2Tap someone whose messages you want to read from the recipient list.・A message (SMS) appears.❖Information・When you receive a message (SMS),   appears on the status bar. To read the message (SMS), drag the status bar downward, tap an item of notified message (SMS).・When the screen lock (P.142) is set to "Slide", a notification icon for message (SMS) reception can be displayed on the unlock screen. For the setting to show or hide icons, see "Setting information displayed on the unlock screen" (P.128).・Tap   /   in the message (SMS) to turn to   (yellow). From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Messaging]uTap   and [Starred messages] to quickly access to the mail you have marked.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Messaging].2Select a thread whose phone number you want to save.3Tap   and then [Add to Contacts].4Tap [Register new].・When you set Google account etc., you can select an account to add.5Enter required items and tap [Save].Receiving and reading message (SMS)Saving phone number of message (SMS) to Contacts
99Mail/Web browser1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Messaging].2Tap   and then [Settings].・You can set the following options.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Messaging].2Tap a thread.3Touch and hold a message (SMS) you want to delete.4Tap [Delete message]u[Yes].1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Messaging].2Touch and hold a thread you want to delete.3Tap [Delete conversation]u[Yes].1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Messaging].2Tap   and tap [Delete several].3Tap [Mark all]u[Delete].・After tapping [Mark all], you can tap individual thread to unmark. Tap [Unmark all] to unmark all of the threads.Setting message (SMS)Delivery reportIf you mark, a message (SMS) you sent is marked each time a recipient receives the message (SMS).NotificationsMark if you want to be notified by the status bar when a new message (SMS) arrives.Notification toneSet if you want to be notified by selected notification tone when a new message arrives.Notification vibrationSet if you want to receive a notification by vibration when a new message arrives.Notification lightMark to set to notify of reception by notification LED when notification setting is made.SIM messagesManage messages (SMS) saved to docomo mini UIM card.Message template settingsRegister phrase that can be inserted when writing a text.Push settingsSet a message (SMS) sent from the provider.Deleting a message (SMS)Deleting a threadDeleting all threads
100Mail/Web browserYou can create an email account provided by mopera U mail, a POP3 or IMAP compatible email account provided by general ISP (provider), or an Exchange ActiveSync account to send or receive email.Email setup wizard appears. Set according the onscreen instructions. Multiple email accounts can be set.1From the Home screen, tap  , and then tap [Email].2Enter your email address and password.3Tap [Next].・To make the email account settings manually, tap [Manual setup] and follow the onscreen instructions.4Select required items for account setting and tap [Next].・If a screen for selecting type of account appears, tap an email account type and follow the onscreen instructions to set.5Enter account name and displayed name for email, and tap [Next].・Inbox for set email account appears.・If you set an Exchange ActiveSync account, a name displayed for email cannot be set. Set up from "Your name" (P.103) on email account settings after email initial settings is complete.❖Information・If you need to make the settings manually, contact your email service provider or system administrator for the correct email account settings.・If you set an Exchange ActiveSync account as email account, and if server manager sets Remote wipe, the data saved in the terminal may be deleted. Data stored in microSD card is not deleted.・Emails are not displayed in Timescape.EmailMaking initial setting for Email
101Mail/Web browser1From the Home screen, tap  , and then tap [Email].2Tap  (Compose).3Enter the email address of recipient.・Tap   to display the contacts list screen to select from registered contacts. When you enter a name or email address in the box at the top of the screen, a list of contacts beginning with the entered numbers or letters appears.・To Cc or Bcc, tap   and tap [Show Cc/Bcc].・To enter multiple email addresses directly, separate with a comma (,) and then enter the next email address.4Enter a subject.5Enter a message.6To attach a file, tap  .・Attach a file in the following operations.・Image/video/music file up to 5MB can be attached in Email.7Tap  (Send).❖Information・When you want to save a mail as draft while creating a mail, enter any of recipient, subject or message or attach a file. If you do not enter or attach anything, a mail is not saved as draft. (When only automatic signature is attached, a mail is not saved as draft either.)・While creating a mail, tap   and tap [Save draft] to save a mail as draft. Also, when you move to the other screen while creating an email, the email is automatically saved as draft.・In sent/received emails, a communication data is also included other than text and image displayed on the screen and charges will apply to the data.・Email is handled as an email from a PC. You cannot send or receive email if "Reject emails from PCs" is set on a recipient terminal.Creating and sending emailAdd pictureSelect a file from the saved image file list.Take photoStart the camera to take a photo and attach it.Add videoSelect a file from the saved video file list.Record videoStart the camera to record a video and attach it.Add sound WALKMAN : Select a saved music file.Sound Recorder : Record a voice message and attach it.
102Mail/Web browser1From the Home screen, tap  , and then tap [Email].・If you have already set an email account, tap [Inbox] to select an email account to receive.2On the Inbox, tap   and tap [Refresh].3Tap an email.❖Information・The sender name of a received email is the name set on sender's terminal.・If you set "Email notifications" in Account settings (P.103) and set "Inbox check frequency" to an item other than "Manual",   appears in the status bar when you receive a new email. Drag the status bar downwards to read the received email.・If you set "Inbox check frequency" in Account settings (P.103) to an item other than "Manual", and if you are using the pay-as-you-go data communication, you may be charged every time you check your email.・If you tap the address of a received email, you can register it in Phonebook. If it has been already registered, you can display the details of the entry.・Tap   (gray) to turn   (yellow) on the email list screen or email message screen to add the marked email to "Starred" folder on the email screen. "Starred" folder is displayed when you tap [Inbox] and [Show all folders]. From "Starred" folder, you can quickly access to the mail you have marked.If   is not displayed on the email message screen, tap   to display.・When phone memory becomes low, a message indicating low memory space appears and receiving emails is not available. Delete saved emails etc. to make available memory space.Changing Inbox view1From the Home screen, tap  , and then tap [Email].2Tap  and [Settings]u[General]u[Preview pane].・If you mark [Landscape], email message preview can be displayed in landscape view.❖Information・If you have two or more accounts, change made in any of the accounts applies to all accounts.Receiving and reading email
103Mail/Web browser1From the Home screen, tap  , and then tap [Email].2Tap email and  .・The attached file list is displayed.3Tap [Save] of file you want to save.・When attached file is not loaded, tap [Load].・Tap [View] to view the attached file.❖Information・The attached file is saved on the internal storage.1From the Home screen, tap  , and then tap [Email].2Tap email and  .3Tap any of [Reply]/[Reply all]/[Forward].4Enter a message and tap  .・When you select [Forward], enter an email address to forward.❖Information・Alternatively, touch and hold an email you want to reply/forward and tap [Reply]/[Reply all]/[Forward] to replay or forward.・When you reply or forward an email, the original message contents for replying or forwarding is quoted. To delete the quoted message text, unmark "Include original text".・When you forward an email, the attachment file of the original message is quoted. To cancel quoting attached file, tap  .1From the Home screen, tap  , and then tap [Email].2Tap an email delete.3Tap u[Yes].❖Information・Touch and hold an email you want to delete and tap [Delete]u[Yes] to delete.・To delete several emails at the same time, operate as follows.In Inbox, tap   and [Delete]uMark checkboxes on the emails you want to deleteuTap [Delete]u[Yes].Saving attachment file of emailReplying/forwarding emailDeleting email
104Mail/Web browser1From the Home screen, tap  , and then tap [Email].2Tap  and [Settings].3Tap an Email account you want to change the settings.・You can set the following options.・The items vary depending on the account type.❖Information・You can also set "Out of office", "Days to sync", "Sync contacts", and "Sync calendar" for an Exchange ActiveSync account. "Outgoing settings" cannot be set.・If you set "Inbox check frequency" to other than "Manual", and if you are using the pay-as-you-go data communication, you may be charged every time you check your email.・If you tap [General] in Step 2, you can change whole "Email" application settings.Changing Email account settingsAccount nameChange account name.Your nameChange your name (sender name).SignatureChange your signature.Quick replyRegister phrase that can be inserted when creating an email.Default accountSet to the default account to send email, if you set two or more email accounts.Inbox check frequencySet whether to check new messages automatically and intervals of automatic check.Auto download attachmentsSet whether to download attached file automatically when connecting via Wi-Fi.Email notificationsSet whether to show email arrival notification in the status bar.Select ringtoneSet ringtone when receiving an email.VibrateSet whether to vibrate when receiving an email.Notification lightSet whether to notify email reception by notification LED.Incoming settingsSet mail server for receiving.Outgoing settingsSet mail server for sending.Delete accountDelete Email account.
105Mail/Web browser1From the Home screen, tap  , and then tap [Email].2Tap  and [Settings]u[ADD ACCOUNT].3Enter your email address and password.・If required, mark [Send email from this account by default.] checkbox.4Tap [Next].・To make the email account settings manually, tap [Manual setup] and follow the onscreen instructions.5Enter required items for account settings and tap [Next].・If a screen for selecting type of account appears, tap an email account type and follow the onscreen instructions to set.6Enter account name and displayed name for email, and tap [Next].・Inbox for set email account appears.・If you set an Exchange ActiveSync account, a name displayed for email cannot be set. Set up from "Your name" (P.103) on email account settings after email initial settings is complete.❖Information・If you need to make the settings manually, contact your email service provider or system administrator for the correct email account settings.・If you set an Exchange ActiveSync account as email account, and if server manager sets Remote wipe, the data saved in the terminal may be deleted. Data stored in microSD card is not deleted.・Tap [Inbox] to display a list of set accounts. Tap [Combined view] to display combined Inbox for all accounts.・Emails are not displayed in Timescape.1From the Home screen, tap  , and then tap [Email].2Tap   and [Settings]uTap an account to delete.3Tap [Delete account]u[OK].Setting another Email accountDeleting Email account
106Mail/Web browsermopera U users (for the setting, see "Setting mopera U" (P.124)) can use mopera U Mail.In mopera U Mail, POP mail and IMAP mail are available. The mail box supports 50MB. Also, the Web mail system is available.■ POP mail1From the Home screen, tap  , and then tap [Email].・If you already set an Email account, tap  and [Settings]u[ADD ACCOUNT].2Enter mopera U mail address and mopera U password, then tap [Manual setup]/[Next].・If you tap [Next], it changes automatically to POP3 account. Go to Step 4.3Tap [POP3] from the type of the mail account.4Check that you have entered [User name] and [Password] for mopera U correctly, and [mail.mopera.net] for the POP3 server.・If you tap [Next] in Step 2, "mail.mopera.net" is entered in the SMTP server field.5Select the security type.・When you do not set security, select [None].6Confirm the entry, then tap [Next].7Enter [mail.mopera.net] for the SMTP server and confirm the entry of [User name] and [Password] for mopera U.・If you tap [Next] in Step 2, you need to mark [Require sign–in] to check entered [User name], [Password] for mopera U.・If you tap [Next] in Step 2, "mail.mopera.net" is entered in the SMTP server field. Set "587" in the Port field.8Tap [Next].9On the account setting screen, set frequency of checking emails etc. and tap [Next].10On the account setting screen, enter a display name for sending mail and tap [Next].・The mailer is displayed and the set mail account is available.❖Information・When [Require sign-in.] is unmarked on the SMTP server setting screen, sending mails is not available. Mark [Require sign-in.].Using mopera U Mail
107Mail/Web browserIf you have a Google account, you can send/receive emails by using Gmail on your terminal. If you have no Google account, see "Setting Google account" (P.134).❖Information・Gmail messages are not displayed in Timescape.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Gmail].2On the Inbox tray, tap  .・Synchronizing "Gmail" application in the terminal with your Gmail account starts, and the Inbox is refreshed.❖Information・For details of Gmail, from the Gmail screen, tap   and then [Help] to refer to the Help with the Browser.You can use Google Talk instant messaging to chat with friends. To use Google Talk, you need to make settings of your Google account. For details, refer to "Setting Google account" (P.134).Signing in Google TalkSigning in is unnecessary if you have already set a Google account.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Talk].2Tap [Existing] and enter user name and password.3Tap [Sign in].・After this step, follow the onscreen instructions.❖Information・For details of Google Talk, from the Google Talk screen, tap   and then [Help] to refer to the Help with the Browser.GmailRefreshing GmailGoogle TalkSign in and online chat
108Mail/Web browserIt is a service with which you can receive earthquake early warning, etc. delivered by the Meteorological Agency.・Area Mail is a free service for which subscription is not required.・Area Mail cannot be received in the following case.-During a voice call- Out of service area- While power is off- During International roaming- During Airplane mode- While updating software - When a SIM other than by DOCOMO is inserted - While sending/receiving a message (SMS)・Area Mail may not be received when tethering is set or during packet communications.・Area Mail that could not be received cannot be received later.A notification content screen appears and you are notified by buzzer sound/dedicated ringtone and vibration.1Receive Area Mails automatically.2A dedicated ring tone sounds and notification LED flashes when an Area Mail is received.・Ringtone and ringtone volume cannot be changed.・The notification LED blinks only when backlight is off.3A message body of Area Mail appears automatically.View received Area Mail later1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Area Mail].2Select an Area Mail from the Area Mail list.・You can view message of Area Mail.Early Warning "Area Mail"Receiving Early Warning "Area Mail"
109Mail/Web browser1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Area Mail].2Tap   and then [Settings].❖Information・Area Mail cannot be set when docomo mini UIM card is not inserted.1From the Home screen, tap  .1Tap the address entry field on the top of the web page in the Browser screen.・If web page address entry field is not displayed, flick down the screen to display.2Enter the web page address or keyword to be searched for.・As you enter an address or characters, retrieved web pages list appears.3Tap the displayed candidates list or .・You can move the web page.❖Information・You can tap   to enter search words by voice and search a web page.Going back to the previous page1Tap x.Setting Early Warning "Area Mail"Receive settingSet whether to receive Area Mails.Beep toneSet sounding time for Area Mail reception and whether to sound a dedicated ringtone even in silent mode.Check screen image and beep toneCheck the ringtone and screen for reception of earthquake early warning, tsunami warning or disaster/evacuation information.Other settingsSet receiving/deleting Area Mail.Web browserOpening BrowserMoving to a web page
110Mail/Web browser1Tap y.Adding a new tabOpen multiple tabs and view website.1While viewing a web page, tap   and tap  .・A new tab opens in the default home page.Switching tabs1On the Browser screen, tap   and then tap a tab you want to display.Closing a tab1On the Browser screen, tap   and then tap   of a tab to close.Zooming in/out a web pageTo zoom in/out a webpage, perform any of the following operations.・Double-tap at the point you want to zoom in/out.・Pinch-out at the point you want to zoom in or pinch-in at the point you want to zoom out.❖Information・Web pages created to fit to the screen cannot be zoomed in/out.Searching text in a web page1While viewing a web page, tap   and tap [Find on page].・The search bar appears in the upper part of the screen.2Enter the search item.・When you enter characters, matching characters are emphasized.3Tap   to close the search bar.Copying text in a web page1While viewing a web page, touch and hold text you want to copy.・For link set text, touch and hold it and then tap [Select text].2Drag   or   to select a range of text to copy.・Selected text is highlighted in blue.3Tap .・After copying text is completed, a message "Text copied to clipboard." appears.Exiting BrowserDisplaying web pageBack to the previous matched itemGo to next matched item
111Mail/Web browser4Touch and hold the entry field on the pasting location, and tap [PASTE].❖Information・On some web pages, selecting characters may not be available.Adjusting Browser settings1On the Browser screen, tap   and [Settings] to select an item for the Browser.Setting a home pageSet home page for opening new tab.1On the Browser screen, tap   and then [Settings]u[General]u[Set homepage] and select a home page setting option.Operating links in web pages1Open the web page you want to operate the links.2Tap a link.・The links get enclosed in a blue box when selected.・If you touch and hold a link, the menus, "Open", "Open in new tab", "Save link", "Copy link URL" and "Select text" appear. When you touch and hold an image or a link that contains image, "Save image", "View image" and "Set as wallpaper" also appear.・Browser recognizes some phone numbers that allow you to call the phone number. Tap the phone number to call.・When you download a file by "Save link" from websites which require Basic authentication or SSL session, the downloading may be failed.Operating links
112Mail/Web browserYou can check history and store many bookmarks on the terminal.Bookmarking a web page1On the Browser screen, display the web page you want to bookmark.2Tap   and [Save to bookmarks].3Set label etc. and tap [OK].・You can set the following options.Opening a bookmark1On the Browser screen, tap   and [Bookmarks].2Tap the bookmark you want to open.・Touch and hold a bookmark to edit or delete it.Checking browsing history1On the Browser screen, tap   and tap [Bookmarks]u[History] tab.2Tap the time you browsed the web page, such as [Today], [Yesterday], etc.・To open the web page, tap an item.・To check your most visited web pages, tap [Most visited].❖Information・On the Browser screen, touch and hold x to check the history.Clearing history1On the Browser screen, tap   and tap [Bookmarks]u[History] tab.2Tap a time when you viewed, touch and hold a history you want to delete, then tap [Remove from history].❖Information・To clear temporary internet files such as cache, on the Browser screen, tap   and [Settings], then from the "Privacy & security", set each item.Managing bookmarks and historyLabelSet a name displayed to the bookmark.AddressSet URL saved to the bookmark.AccountWhen you set Google account etc., you can select the account as a bookmark saving location.Add toAdd a shortcut of the bookmark on the Home screen or create a folder.
113SettingsSettings1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings].■ Setting menu❖Information・Alternatively, from the Home screen, tap   and u[Settings], or open the notification panel and tap   to display the Settings screen.You can make settings related to networks such as Wi-Fi, Bluetooth function.Using the Wi-Fi function, you can connect to an access point for your home, company network or public wireless LAN services to use mail and Internet.・Even when Wi-Fi is on, packet communication is available. However, while you connect Wi-Fi network, Wi-Fi comes first.・When a Wi-Fi network is disconnected, connection is automatically switched to a "LTE (preferred)/WCDMA/GSM" network. Note that packet communication fee applies if network connection stays switched.・Turn the Wi-Fi function to off when you do not use Wi-Fi to cut battery power consumption.Before using Wi-FiTo use Wi-Fi, turn on Wi-Fi and search available Wi-Fi network, then connect it.・To access the Internet using Wi-Fi, connect to Wi-Fi network in advance.❖Information・Make sure to receive enough signal strength for using Wi-Fi. The signal strength of the Wi-Fi network varies by the location of the terminal. Moving closer to the Wi-Fi router might enhance the signal strength.Viewing the setting menuWIRELESS & NETWORKSP. 1 1 2DEVICEP. 1 2 5PERSONALP. 1 3 4SYSTEMP. 1 4 6Wireless & networksWi-FiP. 1 1 2BluetoothP.117, P.156Data usageP. 1 1 7More... Airplane modeP. 1 1 8VPNP. 1 1 9Tethering & portable hotspotP. 1 2 0Wi-Fi DirectP. 1 2 2Location-based Wi-FiP. 1 2 2Mobile networksP.122, P.226Wi-Fi
114Settings■ Reception interference caused by Bluetooth devicesBluetooth devices and wireless LAN (IEEE802.11b/g/n) devices use the same frequency band (2.4GHz). If you use Bluetooth devices near a wireless LAN device, reception interference may occur or the communications speed may lower. Also, you may hear noise or have a connection problem. Communication may be interrupted or sound may be lost while streaming data, etc. In these cases, do the following:・Keep the terminal and Bluetooth device to be connected wirelessly 10 or more meters away from a wireless LAN device.・Within 10 meters, turn off the Bluetooth device to be connected.■ 5GHz device cautionsThe following channel numbers and frequency bands are available in Japan.・5GHz wireless LAN device is prohibited to use outdoor by Law.Channel number (Ch)Frequency band (MHz)5.2GHz band36 5,18038 5,19040 5,20044 5,22046 5,23048 5,2405.3GHz band52 5,26054 5,27056 5,28060 5,30062 5,31064 5,3205.6GHz band100 5,500102 5,510104 5,520108 5,540110 5,550112 5,560116 5,580118 5,590120 5,600124 5,620126 5,630128 5,640132 5,660134 5,670136 5,680140 5,700Channel number (Ch)Frequency band (MHz)
115SettingsTurning on Wi-Fi1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap   of Wi-Fi or drag it to the right.❖Information・It may take a few seconds before the Wi-Fi connection is on.Connecting to a Wi-Fi network1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Wi-Fi].・Available Wi-Fi networks are displayed. The available networks may be open or secured. This is indicated by   or   next to the Wi-Fi network name.2Select Wi-Fi network you want to connect, tap [Connect].・If you are trying to connect to a protected Wi-Fi network, you are asked to enter the security key for that Wi-Fi network before you can connect to it.❖Information・The next time you connect to a Wi-Fi network, the security key is saved in the terminal.・If you enter a wrong password (security key) when selecting an access point to connect, any of the following appears.-Saved, Secured with WEP- Avoided poor Internet connection*- Authentication problem- Limited connectivity* It may take 5 minutes or more to display the message after [Connect] is tapped.Check a password (security key).When any of above messages appears even if you enter a correct password (security key), the correct IP address may not have been acquired. Check the signal status and reconnect.・To connect Wi-Fi network with WPS compatible device, on the Settings menu screen (P.112), tap [Wi-Fi] and select a Wi-Fi network to connect and mark [Show advanced options]. Set appeared WPS item to "Push button", tap [Connect] and then push WPS button on the WPS compatible device.
116Settings■ Wi-Fi network status icons on status barThe following icons appear according to the Wi-Fi network connection status.* Without connected to Wi-Fi network, you need to set Wi-Fi Network notification to on beforehand. (P.115)Disconnecting a Wi-Fi network1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Wi-Fi].2Tap the Wi-Fi network that you are currently connected to.3Tap [Forget network].Wi-Fi network statusWhen you are connected to a Wi-Fi network or when there are Wi-Fi networks available in your vicinity, you can see the status of these Wi-Fi networks. You can also set the terminal to notify you when an unsecured Wi-Fi network is detected.Setting the Wi-Fi network notification to ON1Confirm Wi-Fi is ON and from the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Wi-Fi].2Tap   and [Advanced].3Mark [Network notification] checkbox.Scanning for Wi-Fi networks manually1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Wi-Fi].2Tap [Scan].・Scanning Wi-Fi networks starts.3Tap a Wi-Fi network in the list to connect to it.Adding a Wi-Fi network manuallyYou need to turn on the Wi-Fi setting beforehand. (P.114)1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Wi-Fi].2Tap [Add network].3Enter a network SSID of the Wi-Fi network you want to add.Appears when connected to Wi-Fi network.Appears when communicating via Wi-Fi network.Appears when connected to Wi-Fi network using Auto IP function.Appears when any open network within the service area is detected.*
117Settings4Tap [Security] field and tap a security type of the Wi-Fi network you want to add.・4 options, "None", "WEP", "WPA/WPA2 PSK", or "802.1x EAP", appear.5If required, enter security information for the Wi-Fi network you want to add.6Tap [Save].Viewing detailed information on a connected Wi-Fi network1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Wi-Fi].2Tap the Wi-Fi network that you are currently connected to.・The detailed network information is displayed.❖Information・From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Wi-Fi] and  , then tap [Advanced] to enable/disable Auto IP support or check "MAC address" and "IP address".Wi-Fi sleep policyBy changing Wi-Fi sleep policy, you can choose to disable the Wi-Fi function in the terminal when the screen backlight turns off. You can also set the terminal to always turn on the Wi-Fi function or to turn it on when the terminal is charged.❖Information・When a Wi-Fi network is disconnected, connection is automatically switched to a LTE/3G/GPRS network.Adding a Wi-Fi sleep policy1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Wi-Fi].2Tap .3Tap [Advanced].4Tap [Keep Wi-Fi on during sleep].5Tap any of [Always]/[Only when plugged in]/[Never (increases data usage)].
118SettingsConnect Bluetooth device wirelessly using Bluetooth function. For Bluetooth communication, see "Using Bluetooth function" (P.156).Enable/Disable data communication or set data usage limit.❖Information・You can check communication volume for each application. For some applications, the settings can be displayed.Turning on data communication1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Data usage].2Tap   of Mobile data or drag it to the right.3Read the note and tap [Yes].Setting data usage limit1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Data usage].2Tap [Set mobile data limit] and read the notes, and then tap [OK].・[Set mobile data limit] is marked.❖Information・Note that data communication will be disabled when data usage volume reaches to the limit.・Change the setting value for data usage limit and the value for alert by dragging the right end of each bar in the graph.Setting Data usage cycle1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Data usage].2Tap a period set in "Data usage cycle" or [Change cycle...].・When you tap [Change cycle...], select reset date and tap [Set].BluetoothData usage
119SettingsPermitting data roaming1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Data usage].2Tap   and then [Data roaming], read the notes and then tap [OK].・[Data roaming] checkbox is marked.Restricting background dataYou need to set mobile data restriction beforehand.(P. 1 1 7)1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Data usage].2Tap   and [Restrict background data], then read the notes and then tap [OK].・[Restrict background data] checkbox is marked.Displaying Wi-Fi usage status1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Data usage].2Tap   and mark [Show Wi-Fi usage].・"Wi-Fi" tab is displayed and tap it to check Wi-Fi usage condition.In this mode, the functions of using radio wave transmissions such as calling, accessing to the Internet (including sending/receiving mails), etc. are disabled. It is useful when you want to operate the terminal with no interruption of incoming calls or mails.Turning on Airplane mode1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [More...].2Mark [Airplane mode] checkbox.・When you unmark [Airplane mode] checkbox, the Airplane mode turns off.❖Information・You can also switch on/off by pressing and holding p for over a second and then [Airplane mode] in the pop-up screen.・Even if Airplane mode is on, Wi-Fi and Bluetooth function can be turned on.Airplane mode
120SettingsVirtual Private Network (VPN) is a technology to connect to the information in a protected local network from another network. Generally, VPNs are provided to companies, schools and other facilities. A user can access to the information in the local network from outside of the premises.To set up a VPN access from the terminal, you need to retrieve the information related to security from your network administrator. For details, refer to http://www.sonymobile.co.jp/support/ (in Japanese only).❖Information・If you set sp-mode as an ISP, you cannot use PPTP.Adding a VPNSet the unlock method for the screen lock in advance. For details, refer to "Setting screen unlock method" (P.142).1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [More...]u[VPN].2Tap [Add VPN network].3When an editing screen is displayed, follow the instruction of the network administrator to set required items of VPN settings.4Tap [Save].❖Information・Added VPNs can be edited or deleted.To edit VPNs, touch and hold a VPN you want to change, then tap [Edit network]. Change the VPN settings as required and tap [Save].To delete, touch and hold a VPN you want to delete, then tap [Delete network].Connecting to a VPN1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [More...]u[VPN].2Tap a VPN to connect to.3If the dialog box appears, enter the desired authentication information and tap [Connect].・When you are connected to a VPN,   appears in the status bar. When you are disconnected, the notification indicating to return to the VPN setting screen appears, so that you can reconnect to.Disconnecting a VPN1Open the Notification panel, and tap the VPN connecting notification.2Tap [Disconnect].Connecting to a VPN (Virtual Private Network)
121SettingsTethering stands for using mobile devices such as smartphone as modem to allow USB compatible devices or wireless LAN devices to access the Internet.❖Information・Packet communication charge when using tethering varies depending on the charging plan you use. Subscription of packet flat-rate service is highly recommended.・For details on usage charge, etc., refer to http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/ .・For details on tethering, from the Settings screen (P.112), tap [More...]u[Tethering & portable hotspot]u[Help] to refer.Setting USB tetheringConnecting the terminal to a USB compatible PC with microUSB cable, and using the terminal as a modem, you can connect the PC to the Internet.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [More...]uTap [Tethering & portable hotspot].2Connect the terminal to a PC using a microUSB cable (P.29).・When you connect microUSB cable for the first time, the driver software for the terminal is installed to a PC. Wait for a while until installation is completed. After completion, if a confirmation screen for installation of PC Companion software appears, tap [Skip].3Tap [USB tethering].4Confirm details of the cautions displayed, tap [OK].・[USB tethering] is marked.❖Information・System requirements (OS) for USB tethering are as follows.- Microsoft Windows 7- Microsoft Windows Vista- Microsoft Windows XP*-Linux* For Microsoft Windows XP, installation of PC Companion is required.Using tethering function
122SettingsSetting up a portable Wi-Fi hotspotYou can use the terminal as a Wi-Fi access point to connect up to 10 wireless LAN devices to the Internet simultaneously.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [More...]u[Tethering & portable hotspot].2Tap [Configure Wi-Fi hotspot].3Enter a network SSID of the Wi-Fi access point to set.・By default, "Xperia XX SO-02E_XXXX" is set.4Tap [Security] field and tap a security type of Wi-Fi access point to set.・"None", "WPA PSK" and "WPA2 PSK" appear.5Enter security information of the Wi-Fi access point to set as required.6Tap [Save].❖Information・By default, the password is set at random. You can change the password as desired.Setting Wi-Fi tethering1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [More...]u[Tethering & portable hotspot].2Tap [Portable Wi-Fi hotspot].3Confirm details of the cautions displayed, tap [OK].・[Portable Wi-Fi hotspot] is marked.❖Information・If USB tethering starts while connecting to Wi-Fi network, Wi-Fi network is disconnected and automatically connected when Wi-Fi tethering ends. Alternatively, when the terminal and DLNA device are connected via Wi-Fi network, starting/ending Wi-Fi tethering affects Wi-Fi connection.・USB tethering and Wi-Fi tethering can be used at the same time.
123SettingsYou can connect among the devices compatible with Wi-Fi Direct via Wi-Fi even without configuring access point.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [More...]u[Wi-Fi Direct].・When the Wi-Fi setting is on, the note appears. Read the note and tap [OK].・[Wi-Fi Direct] is marked.❖Information・To use the Wi-Fi Direct function, you need an application compatible with Wi-Fi Direct function. The function becomes available when you install a compatible application.Connect to Wi-Fi within only neighboring place you registered to reduce the battery power consumption.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [More...]u[Location-based Wi-Fi].2Tap   of Location-based Wi-Fi or drag it to the right.・When Wi-Fi network is not registered, tap [Set up Wi-Fi] to connect to Wi-Fi.(P. 1 1 4)An access point for connecting to the Internet (sp-mode, mopera U) is already registered. You can add or change it if necessary.By default, sp-mode (P.124) is set for the usual access point.Checking the access point you use1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [More...]u[Mobile networks]u[Access Point Names].・Available access points (APN) appear.・It is recommended that you use the displayed access point without editing.❖Information・If you have several available connections, a marked radio button to the right indicates the active network connection.Using Wi-Fi Direct functionUsing Location-based Wi-FiSetting an access point
124SettingsSetting an access point additionally1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [More...]u[Mobile networks]u[Access Point Names].2Tap .3Tap [New APN].4Tap [Name], enter a name and tap [OK].5Tap [APN] and enter the access point name and tap [OK].6Tap and enter all other information required by your network operator.7Tap   and [Save].❖Information・Do not change the MCC/MNC. If you change MCC/MNC to other than the default value (440/10), the settings do not appear on the APNs screen. When the MCC/MNC settings do not appear on the APNs screen, tap   to make APN settings with [Reset to default] or [New APN] again.・Note that, when using the prediction conversion by one-byte alphabet entry mode (English mode) with mark in [Auto space] (P.55) on Japanese keyboard settings screen, spaces may be entered automatically when the prediction option is confirmed. In this case, delete spaces.Using block access point change functionSet to prevent changing access point automatically.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [More...]u[Mobile networks].2Mark [Block access point change] checkbox.❖Information・This function is enabled by default. If disabled, access point is changed automatically and unexpected charges may apply.・Some applications you installed may not be operated correctly when this function is enabled.
125SettingsBy initializing an access point, the default state is restored.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [More...]u[Mobile networks]u[Access Point Names].2Tap   and tap [Reset to default].sp-mode is ISP for NTT DOCOMO smartphone. In addition to accessing Internet, you can use the mail service using the same address as imode mail (@docomo.ne.jp), etc. sp-mode is a service requiring subscription. For details on sp-mode, refer to NTT DOCOMO website.mopera U is ISP of NTT DOCOMO's Internet connection. If you have subscribed to mopera U, you can use Internet after making the simple settings. mopera U is a service requiring subscription.Setting mopera U1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [More...]u[Mobile networks]u[Access Point Names].2Mark [mopera U]/[mopera U設定 (mopera U settings)] radio button.・Return to the Home screen and open the Browser. You can enjoy the nice Internet access.❖Information・"mopera U設定 (mopera U settings)" is an access point for setting mopera U. When you use the access point for setting mopera U, packet communication charges for setting do not apply. Note that you can set only the initial setting screen or the change setting screen. For details on mopera U settings, refer to mopera U website.Initializing an access pointsp-modemopera U
126SettingsYou can use the network services and search for available networks. For Call settings, see "Call settings" (P.84).Set ringtones, operation sound, vibrator, etc.Adjusting each sound volume1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Sound]u[Volumes].・Adjust the volume of following items.- Music, video, games, & other media- Ringtone & notifications-Alarms2Drag the slider left or right to adjust the level.・Drag the slider to the left for volume down, or to the right for volume up.3Tap [OK].❖Information・Even if alarm volume is set in Volumes, "Alarm volume" set in "Alarm & clock" (P.216) is given priority.Adjusting the ringtone volume with the volume key1From the Home screen, press up or down of m.・The volume adjustment bar appears, you can adjust the volume up or down.❖Information・You can also press m or p to mute the ringtone for an incoming call.DeviceCall settingsSoundxLOUD™Set audio playback level enhancement technology ("xLOUD") to enjoy powerful sounds with the built-in speaker when playing WALKMAN, YouTube, Album, etc.VolumesP. 1 2 5Silent modeP. 1 2 6Phone ringtoneP. 1 2 6Default notificationP. 1 2 6Vibrate on ringP. 1 2 6Dial pad touch tonesP. 1 2 6Touch soundsP. 1 2 6Screen lock soundSet whether to emit sound for unlocking the screen lock.Vibrate on touchSet whether to vibrate the terminal for some operations such as specified software key operation.
127SettingsSetting Silent mode1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Sound]u[Silent mode].2Tap any of [Off]/[Vibrate]/[Mute].❖Information・You can also set the Silent mode by pressing and holding p for over a second and then tap   /  in the pop-up screen. Set Mute (ringtone volume 0) by tapping   or set Vibration by tapping  .・Setting the phone to Silent mode does not mute sounds for shutter, playback of video or music, alarm, etc. Note that volume up for "Ringtone & notifications" in Volumes (P.125) cancels Silent mode.Setting a ringtone1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Sound]u[Phone ringtone].2Select a ringtone and tap [Done].❖Information・You can set voice file in ".wav", ".m4a" or in other format which is transferred from Media Go (P.153) or downloaded from the Internet as a ringtone.・To set a ringtone other than the ones stored by default, tap  .Selecting a notification ringtone1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Sound]u[Default notification].2Select a ringtone and tap [Done].❖Information・To set a notification other than the ones stored by default, tap  .Setting vibration when receiving a call1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Sound]uMark [Vibrate on ring].・Ringtone sounds and the terminal vibrates when there is an incoming call.Setting touch tones to ON1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Sound].2Mark [Dial pad touch tones] and [Touch sounds].・If you unmark them, any operation tones do not sound when you tap.❖Information・"Dial pad touch tones" is a sound for operations on the dial pad. "Touch sounds" is a sound for selecting menu.
128Settings・To set the key sound of software keyboard, select a type of software keyboard (P.53) to set.Set brightness, orientation of the screen, etc.* Setting Mobile BRAVIA Engine improves image quality when using Xperia™ application.Adjusting the screen brightness1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Display]u[Brightness].2Drag the slider to the right or left.・Drag the slider to the left for dimmer screen, or to the right for brighter screen.3Tap [OK].❖Information・Mark [Adapt to lighting conditions] to adjust brightness automatically according to the ambient brightness with reference to the manually set brightness.Adjusting the idle time before the screen turns off1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Display]u[Sleep].2Select a time option before the screen back light turns off.❖Information・To turn the screen back light off immediately, press p.DisplayMobile BRAVIA EngineTo view photos or movies colorfully and beautifully, set image quality improving procedure (Mobile BRAVIA Engine). It adjusts contrast, color shade, etc.*BrightnessP. 1 2 7WallpaperP. 6 3Auto-rotate screenP. 3 8SleepP. 1 2 7Font sizeSet font size.ThemeSet a background for the Home screen, Settings screen, etc.Lock screen settingsP. 1 2 8
129SettingsSetting information displayed on the unlock screenYon can set information displayed on the unlock screen (P.31). To display information, set unlocking method of the screen lock to "Slide".1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Display]u[Lock screen settings].■Displaying notificationMark [Missed calls]/[New sp-mode mails]/[New messages]/[New emails]/[Calendar events].・By default, "Missed calls", "New sp-mode mails" and "New messages" are marked.・When you log in to Facebook and set "Facebook inside Xperia™" (P.136), "Facebook notifications" checkbox appears. Mark the checkbox to display a notification information for new message of Facebook on the unlock screen. (Notifications such as "Friend Requests", "Event Invitation", etc. are not displayed.)■Hiding detailed information on notificationMark [Privacy] checkbox.・Notification and a number of messages, calls, etc. are displayed while information on the other party or message contents are not displayed.■Changing shortcuts of applicationsTap [Application shortcuts]u[Add new shortcut]/[Contacts]/[Messaging]/[Search] and select the application you want to change.・By default, "Contacts", "Messaging" and "Search" are set, which can be customized.・Flick right around date and time displayed on the unlock screen to display a shortcut for the preset application, or flick left to display WALKMAN widget. You can activate the application or play music without unlocking screen lock. You cannot replace the WALKMAN widget.■Changing wallpaperTap [Wallpaper]u[Album]/[Xperia™ wallpapers].・For setting procedure, see Step 2 (P.63) in "Changing wallpaper".
130Settings■Displaying Machi-charaMark [Machi-chara] and tap [OK].・Set "Machi-chara" widget on the Home screen in advance. For setting procedure, see "Adding a widget to the Home screen" (P.62).・If [Machi-chara] is marked, three checkboxes or less can be marked for Notification (P.128).Check memory volume of the phone memory, internal storage, microSD card, and USB storage. And you can delete data in the internal storage, microSD card and USB storage and format.USB storage is an external memory such as a microSD card connected to the terminal using commercially available reader/writer cable.StoragePHONE MEMORYTotal spaceCheck the phone memory for apps, available space, etc.INTERNAL STORAGETotal spaceCheck memory space for Apps, Pictures, videos, Audio (music, ringtones, podcasts, etc.) and available space.Clear internal storageP. 1 3 0SD CARDTotal spaceCheck available memory space etc. of microSD card.Unmount SD card*Cancel connection of microSD card to remove it safely.Mount SD card*Have microSD card recognized.Erase SD cardP. 1 3 0USB STORAGETotal spaceCheck available memory space of USB storage.
131Settings* Display changes depending on condition of USB storage or microSD card recognition.❖Information・Note that when available memory of internal storage becomes 32KB or less, microSD card cannot be mounted.Formatting the internal storage of the terminal1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Storage].2Tap [Clear internal storage]uTap [Clear internal storage].・Enter your screen unlock method as required.3Tap [Erase everything].❖Information・Formatting the terminal deletes all the data in it.Formatting microSD card1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Storage].2Tap [Erase SD card]u[Erase SD card].・Enter your screen unlock method as required.3Tap [Erase everything].❖Information・Formatting microSD card deletes all the data in it.Formatting USB storageInsert external memory such as a microSD card into commercially available reader/writer cable and connect the cable to the terminal in advance.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Storage].2Tap [Clear USB storage]u[Erase].・Enter your screen unlock method as required.3Tap [Erase everything].❖Information・Formatting USB storage (external memory such as microSD card) deletes all the data in it.Unmount USB storage*Cancel connection of USB storage to remove it safely.Mount USB storage*Have USB storage recognized.Clear USB storageP. 1 3 0
132SettingsIncreasing the available memory of the terminalIf the terminal has a small memory, you can perform the following operations to increase available memory.・In the browser, you can clear all temporary Internet files and browser history information. For details, refer to "Clearing history" (P.111).・Uninstall programs that you no longer use. For details, refer to "Deleting installed application" (P.132).Display battery usage data, remaining battery level, available usage time against the remaining battery level, etc.Tap   to update the information.Manage and delete installed applications, display memory usage condition, etc. or change the settings.Viewing permitted operation of the applications in the terminalYou can check functions which are permitted to access to each application in the progress of performing, such as network communication function or location information function of the terminal.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Apps].2Tap an application to view.3Flick the screen up to view permitted operations.・If all permitted operations do not appear, tap [Show all].BatteryApps
133SettingsShutting down an applicationIf a pop-up window that indicates the application does not reply appears, you can force quit the application.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Apps].2Tap an application to force-quite.3Tap [Force stop].4Read the cautions displayed, tap [OK].❖Information・When you do not want to force stop the application, tap [Cancel] and wait for a reply of the application.Deleting all data of the application・Before deleting all installed application data, back up contents related to the application that you want to save including data saved in the application.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Apps].2Tap an application to delete the data.3Tap [Clear data].4Read the cautions displayed, tap [OK].Deleting installed application・Before deleting installed application, back up contents related to the application that you want to save including data saved in the application.・Some applications cannot be deleted.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Apps].2Tap an application to be deleted.3Tap [Uninstall].4Tap [OK].5When uninstallation is completed, tap [OK].❖Information・Some applications pre-installed in the terminal cannot be uninstalled. For applications which cannot be uninstalled, disabling is possible (P.133).・Applications can be deleted from the Application screen. For details, refer to "Uninstalling an application" (P.73).
134SettingsDisabling applicationYou can disable some applications which cannot be uninstalled or services. Disabled applications are not displayed on the Application screen and you cannot execute them, but they are not uninstalled.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Apps].2Tap [All].3Tap an application to be disabled.4Tap [Disable].5Read the cautions displayed, tap [OK].・To enable again, tap [Enable].❖Information・When you disabled an application, some other applications linked to the disabled application may not be operated correctly. Enable the disabled application again to operate them correctly.Deleting cache of the application1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Apps].2Tap an application to delete cache.3Tap [Clear cache].Deleting settings for activating the applicationYou can delete settings for activating the application and restore to the default.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Apps].2Tap an application to delete its settings.3Tap [Clear defaults].Set preferred application in the terminal. You can also set synchronization function for Facebook in the terminal, make settings for USB connection or Wi-Fi connection to a PC or other devices.Xperia™About PlayStation CertifiedDisplay PlayStation Certified.ConnectivityP. 1 4 9Facebook inside Xperia™P. 1 3 6LiveWare™ managerSearch applications for accessories such as headset etc. or set operation when application starts.Preferred apps settingsP. 6 0
135SettingsYou can set passwords for applications provided by docomo or to use the services supporting AUTO-GPS.You can manage (add or delete) online service accounts or synchronize contacts, messages, etc. saved in online services with the terminal.Setting Google accountYou can create a Google account on your terminal and use Google services such as Gmail, Google Talk, Google Calendar, Google Play, etc.You can set multiple Google accounts on the terminal.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Accounts & sync]u[Add account]u[Google].2Follow the registration wizard, set a Google account.・If you have no Google account, create an account.・If you have already the Google account, sign in.Personaldocomo serviceApplication managerSet to check update for applications regularly.Wi-FiSet to use docomo service via Wi-Fi.docomo apps passwordSet a password for applications provided by docomo. docomo apps password is set "0000" by default.AUTO-GPSSet to use the services supporting AUTO-GPS.docomo location informationSet location information function for imadoco search, imadocokantan search and Keitai-Osagashi Service.docomo Wi-Fiかんたん接続 (docomo Wi-Fi easy connection)Set the terminal for using docomo Wi-Fi or home Wi-Fi.Send preinstalled apps usage statusSet to send preinstalled application usage status.Open source licensesView open source licenses.Accounts & sync
136Settings❖Information・You can use the terminal without creating your Google account, however the services such as Google Talk, Gmail, Google Play, etc. are not available.・To log in, you need a Google account and a password.・When you sign in, "Backup and restore" screen may appear. Backup is not available using a Google account.・Tap Google account displayed on the "Accounts & sync" screen and synchronize each data from the following items manually.*1 If a lot of photos are included to Picasa web album used in Google account or web album uploaded by Google+, it may consume a lot of battery power or increase data communication volume during the synchronization.*2 To upload photos automatically, select settings to enable the instant upload on the confirmation screen when you log in Google+.・If you set a Google account and use Google+ in it, "Sync Google+" appears. Tap it to synchronize and display instant upload photos in the Album in the terminal.・Make sure to check if the data connection is available before sign in to the Google account. For checking the data connection status, see "Status icon" (P.33).Sync BrowserSynchronize browser settings saved in Google account such as bookmarks with web function of the terminal.Sync CalendarSynchronize calendar information such as schedule, etc., stored in Google account with Calendar in the terminal.Sync ContactsSynchronize contacts stored in Gmail with the phonebook stored in the terminal.Sync GmailSynchronize email logs used in Gmail account with Gmail on the terminal.Sync Google Photos*1Synchronize web album Google Photos with album in the terminal.Sync Instant Upload*2Synchronize photos taken with the camera or saved in a microSD card with photos of Google+.Sync Picasa extensionSynchronize web album of Picasa used in Gmail account with Album in the terminal.
137SettingsSetting Facebook accountWhen you register or sign in Facebook, you can display profile information published by online "Friend" to Phonebook. And you can display Facebook updates of "Friends" in Timescape.❖Information・If you do not have a Facebook account, you can also create a new account at http://www.facebook.com/.・If you download and install client applications for Twitter or mixi, you can set up accounts and synchronize contacts information in the same manner as for Facebook.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Accounts & sync]u[Add account]u[Facebook].・If you already have a Facebook account and set account from Phonebook or Timescape of the terminal, you need not add a new account.2Enter your sign in information.・If you have no Facebook account, register an account.・If you have Facebook account, sign in.❖Information・Set Facebook account to display   in the status bar. Drag the status bar downwards, tap [Facebook inside Xperia™], mark the [Facebook integration] checkbox, read the displayed note, and then tap [Accept]. Tap  (Facebook inside Xperia™) added to the "Accounts & sync" screen, and tap the following items to synchronize and display corresponding data.Sync CalendarSynchronize events such as Friends' birthdays, etc., stored in Facebook with Calendar in the terminal.Sync ContactsSynchronize profile of Friends stored in Facebook with the phonebook stored in the terminal.Sync Facebook photo extensionSynchronize photos registered to Facebook with the Album in the terminal.Sync Friends' musicSynchronize music that Friends specified "Like" in Facebook with WALKMAN in the terminal.
138SettingsSetting other accountYou can use Corporate (Exchange ActiveSync), docomo account, Email, Facebook inside Xperia™ other than Google account (P.134) or Facebook account (P.136).■ Corporate (Exchange ActiveSync) account・If you have Corporate (Exchange ActiveSync) account, from the Settings menu screen (P.112), tap [Accounts & sync]u[Add account]u[Corporate] and set according to the onscreen instruction.■ docomo account・docomo account helps you to use "ドコモバックアップ (docomo backup)" service (P.67) provided by NTT DOCOMO. docomo account is set by default.Removing account1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Accounts & sync] and select a service account you want to delete.2Tap  , then tap [Remove account]u[Remove account].❖Information・The first set Google account is registered as backup account. When a backup account is removed, caution appears on the status bar.・docomo account cannot be deleted.Setting Auto-syncSynchronize information of online service with the terminal. You can display and edit information on the terminal or a PC.You need to set your online service account (Google account, Facebook account, etc.) in the terminal to synchronize in advance.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Accounts & sync].2Tap   or drag it to the right.3Read the cautions displayed, tap [OK].4Tap an online service whose account is set.
139Settings5Tap to mark an item for automatic synchronization.・If the items to be synchronized are marked and checkboxes are led by  , synchronization starts. When   is not displayed, tap   and tap [Sync now] to start synchronization.❖Note・Tap   or drag it to the right to permit to synchronize with your Gmail, calendar, contacts, and profile information published by "Friends", etc. in Google account automatically. These communications may cause you to pay packet communications charges.・If   (auto-sync is disabled) is set, you can synchronize manually. On the settings screen (P.112), tap [Accounts & sync], tap the service where your account is set to display the synchronizing items, then tap items you want to synchronize.Canceling synchronization1Tap   during a synchronization.2Tap [Cancel sync].Set whether to permit the location information service.Set options related to security.Location servicesGoogle's location serviceP. 2 0 9GPS satellitesP. 2 0 9Location & Google searchSet whether to permit Google to use location information using result etc. of Google search.SecurityScreen lockP. 1 4 2Owner infoSet text to be displayed on the unlock screen.Encrypt phoneSet to require entering a security code or password to decode each time you turn on the power.Set up SIM card lockP. 1 4 1Make passwords visibleSet whether to show the input character before "・" appears on the password entry screen.Device administratorsSet whether to enable device administrator. "Omakase Lock" is enabled by default*1Unknown sourcesP. 1 4 4Trusted credentialsAllow applications to access secure certificates and other credentials.*2
140Settings*1 To use Omakase Lock, enable "Omakase Lock".*2 Set the password to the credential storage in advance.*3 Save certificates and credential information in the credential storage.Protecting docomo mini UIM cardSome functions provided for convenient use of the terminal require the security code to use them. Besides the security code for locking the terminal, the network security code necessary for the network services etc. are available. Make use of the terminal using an appropriate security code according to the purpose.■ Notes on the security codes・Avoid using a number that is easy to guess, such as "birth date", "part of your phone number", "street address number or room number", "1111", and "1234". Make sure to make a note of the security code you set lest you should forget it.・Be very careful not to let others know your security code. If your security code is known by anyone else, DOCOMO shall have no liability for any loss due to any unauthorized use of it.・If you forget your security codes, you must bring your official identification (such as drivers license), the terminal, and docomo mini UIM card with you to the nearest docomo Shop. For details, contact the "General Inquiries" on the last page of this manual.Install from internal storageInstall encrypted certificates from internal storage.Clear credentialsClear all certificates or credential information from the credential storage *3.
141Settings・The PUK code is written on the subscription form (copy for customer) handed at the subscription in the docomo Shop. If you subscribed other than docomo Shop, you must bring your official identification (such as drivers license), the docomo mini UIM card with you to the nearest docomo Shop or contact the "General Inquiries" on the last page of this manual.Network security codeThe network security code is a 4-digit number necessary for identification or using the docomo Network Services at reception of your request in docomo Shop or at docomo Information Center. It can be set any number at the subscription and also changed later by yourself.You can change your network security code to new one using a PC if you have "docomo ID"/"Password" for "My docomo", the General support site for PC.Alternatively, from the Home screen, tap [dmenu] and [お客様サポートへ (To Customer Support)]u[各種お申込・お手続き (Subscription/Procedure)] to change the security code yourself.* For information on "My docomo" and "お客様サポートへ (To Customer Support)", see the previous page of the last page of this manual.PIN codeYou can set security code which named PIN code to docomo mini UIM card. It is set "0000" at the subscription. They can be changed by yourself.PIN code is a 4- to 8-digit number (code) that must be entered for user confirmation to prevent unauthorized use by a third party every time you insert the docomo mini UIM card into the terminal or when the terminal is powered on. Entering the PIN code enables making/receiving calls and terminal operation.・If you use a newly purchased terminal with docomo mini UIM card you have been using inserted, use the PIN code set on the former terminal. If you did not change the setting, the code is "0000".・If you enter a wrong PIN code 3 times consecutively, the PIN code is locked and cannot be used anymore. In this case, unlock with "PUK". (P.141)
142SettingsPersonal Unblocking Key (PUK code)The PUK code is an 8-digit number for canceling the locked PIN code. The PUK code cannot be changed by yourself.・If you failed to enter PUK code 10 times consecutively, the docomo mini UIM card is locked. Please contact a docomo Shop.Enabling the docomo mini UIM card PINBy setting PIN (security code) and entering PIN code when powered on, you can protect the docomo mini UIM card from improper use.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Security]u[Set up SIM card lock]u[Lock SIM card].2Enter the PIN code of the docomo mini UIM card and tap [OK].・[Lock SIM card] is marked.Entering the PIN code when powered on1On the PIN code entry screen, enter the PIN code of the docomo mini UIM card.2Tap [OK].Changing the PIN code・You can change the PIN code only when the PIN of docomo mini UIM card is enabled.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Security]u[Set up SIM card lock]u[Change SIM PIN].2Enter the current PIN code of the docomo mini UIM card and tap [OK].3Enter the new PIN code of the docomo mini UIM card and tap [OK].4Enter the new PIN code of the docomo mini UIM card again and tap [OK].
143SettingsUnblocking the locked docomo mini UIM card1On the PUK code entry screen, enter the PUK code of the docomo mini UIM card.2Tap [New SIM PIN] field and enter new PIN code of docomo mini UIM card, then tap [OK].3Enter the new PIN code of the docomo mini UIM card again and tap [OK].Screen lockYou can secure your data by requiring a screen unlock pattern every time the terminal is turned on or every time it is activated from sleep mode.There are 5 types of screen lock settings: "Slide", "Face Unlock", "Pattern", "PIN" and "Password". (P.142)Setting screen unlock method1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Security]u[Screen lock].2Tap [Slide]/[Face Unlock]/[Pattern]/[PIN]/[Password].・When you select [Face Unlock] follow the onscreen instructions to set face authentication. For Screen lock when the Face Unlock cannot be unlocked, select pattern or PIN to enter.・When you select [Pattern], follow the onscreen instructions to enter unlock pattern.Set security question and answer in case you forget the pattern.・When you select [PIN], follow the onscreen instructions to enter 4 or more numbers. This "PIN" code is different from a PIN code to be set to docomo mini UIM card (P.140).・When you select [Password], follow the onscreen instructions to enter 4 or more characters including alphabets.
144SettingsChanging screen unlock method1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Security]u[Screen lock].・Enter the set unlock pattern/PIN/password.・If you should fail 5 times when you enter the unlock pattern, wait 30 seconds and then try again.2Tap [Slide]/[Face Unlock]/[Pattern]/[PIN]/[Password].・Select items you want to change into. For setting procedure, see Step 2 (P.142) of "Setting screen unlock method".Locking the screenOnce screen unlock method (P.142) is set, the screen is locked when the sleep mode is set or p is pressed.Unlocking the screen lock1Press p to turn the backlight on.2Enter unlock screen method.・Enter the set Slide/Face unlock/unlock pattern/PIN/password.If you forget how to unlock■ If you set "Pattern""Incorrect pattern" appears when you enter incorrect unlock pattern 5 times consecutively.・Tap [Next], and answer the security question that you set for the unlock pattern setting, then tap [Unlock] to unlock the screen lock.・If you set Google account, on the "Incorrect pattern" screen, tap [Next] to display "Answer question" and "Enter Google account details".- Mark [Answer question] and tap [Next], and answer the question that you set for the unlock pattern, then tap [Unlock] to unlock the screen lock.- Mark [Enter Google account details], tap [Next], and enter Google account and password, then tap [Sign in] to unlock the screen lock.・When setting new unlock pattern after unlocking screen lock, "Screen unlocked" appears. Tap [Yes] to reset unlock pattern.❖Information・Tap [Try again] to retry entering pattern in 30 seconds.・Alternatively, tap [Try again] and [Forgot pattern?] to display answering question screen that you set the unlock pattern.
145Settings・You can set multiple Google accounts. To unlock the screen with Google account and password, enter one of those accounts.■ If you set "PIN"/"Password"Please contact a docomo Shop.Canceling screen lockYou can cancel screen lock pattern after you set.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Security]u[Screen lock].・Enter the set unlock pattern/PIN/password.2Tap [None].Permitting downloading unknown source's applicationBefore you can download unknown source's applications, set the terminal to enable downloading.Applications you download may be of unknown origin. To protect your terminal and personal data, only download applications from trusted sources such as the Google Play etc.1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Security].2Tap [Unknown sources].3Read the cautions displayed, tap [OK].・[Unknown sources] checkbox is marked.
146SettingsYou can select language and input method.Changing phone language1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Language & input]u[Language].2Select a language and tap [Done].・When you select Japanese, "完了 (Done)" is displayed, but its display varies by the language you selected.❖Information・If you choose the wrong language and cannot read the menu texts, go to http://www.sonymobile.co.jp/so-02e/faq.html for help (in Japanese only).Setting Voice SearchText-to-speech settings* Japanese is not supported.Language & inputLanguageP. 1 4 5Spelling correctionSet spelling correction.Personal dictionaryRegister words.DefaultSet input method.Google voice typingP. 5 3Shabette-Key-NyuryokuXperia™ Chinese keyboardXperia™ Japanese keyboardXperia™ keyboardVoice SearchP. 1 4 5Text-to-speech outputP. 1 4 5Pointer speedSet pointer speed of mouse etc.LanguageSelect language used for Google voice search.SafeSearchSet filter explicit.Block offensive wordsSet whether to display recognized offensive voice results.Google Text-to-speech Engine*Set language for text-to speech and audio synthesis engine to read out text.Pico TTS*Make settings for installed voice synthesis engine.Speech rateSet speed at reading out text.Listen to an examplePlayback sample of audio synthesis.
147SettingsRestore the terminal to default.Resetting the terminalResetting the terminal deletes all data, including downloaded applications and accounts, and resets the terminal back to the initial (default) state. Make sure to back up important data you have on the terminal before you reset the terminal.For the initial settings, see "Initial settings (Setup guide)" (P.31).1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Backup & reset]u[Factory data reset]u[Reset phone].・Mark [Erase internal storage] checkbox to delete all contents (music, photos, videos, etc.) on the internal storage.・Enter your screen unlock method as required.2Tap [Erase everything].・The terminal restarts automatically.❖Information・If you reset the terminal, license information for the DRM protected content may be erased making the content unable to be played.・While restarting or resetting the terminal, just wait. If you remove the battery pack while restarting or resetting the terminal, it may cause malfunction.You can change the date and time in the terminal.To set date/time or time zone manually, unmark [Automatic date & time] or [Automatic time zone] to disable network-provided time/time zone in advance.Backup & resetSystemDate & timeAutomatic date & timeAdjust date and time automatically by using network-provided information.Automatic time zoneAdjust time zone automatically by using network-provided information.Set dateP. 1 4 7Set timeP. 1 4 7Select time zoneP. 1 4 7Use 24-hour formatP. 1 4 7Select date formatP. 1 4 7
148Settings❖Information・Correction of the time differences may not be performed correctly depending on the overseas telecommunication carrier. In that case, set time zone manually (P.147).Setting the date1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Date & time]u[Set date].2Drag number to adjust date.3Tap [Set].Setting the time1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Date & time]u[Set time].2Drag number to adjust hour and minute.・When you unmark [Use 24-hour format], you can change [AM]/[PM].3Tap [Set].Setting the time zone1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Date & time]u[Select time zone].2Select time zone you want to set.Setting the time format1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Date & time] and mark/unmark [Use 24-hour format] checkbox.・Mark the checkbox to shift to 24-hour format, and unmark to shift to 12-hour format.Setting the date format1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Date & time]u[Select date format].2Select date format you want to set.
149SettingsYou can set user support service which sounds or vibrates according to users operation and call end operation.Put the terminal into debug mode when connecting USB or set the screen backlight to ON while charging.Keeping the screen backlight ON while charging1From the Settings screen (P.112), tap [Developer options].2Mark [Stay awake] checkbox.You can check your own phone number, signal level, legal information, etc.AccessibilityTalkBackSet user support service (TalkBack).Large textEnlarge text size.Power button ends callSet to end a call by pressing p.Auto-rotate screenP. 3 8Speak passwordsOutput password by voice sound.Touch & hold delaySet response time for operation of touching and holding the screen.Install web scriptsSet whether to install script from Google.Developer optionsAbout phoneSoftware updateP. 2 4 0StatusCheck your own phone number, signal level, battery level, etc.Legal informationCheck license agreement, terms of use, etc.Model numberCheck version and number.Android versionBaseband versionKernel versionBuild number
150File managementFile managementFiles in the terminal should be operated on the file handling application. For example, to delete files saved in a microSD card or internal storage, use the deletion function of each application.With "Share" function of each application, you can exchange files sending to/receiving from other compatible devices via infrared communication, Bluetooth or by email file attachment.In addition, with the terminal connected to a PC, you can move to the PC or delete files in the internal storage or a mounted microSD card. If you install PC Companion and use Media Go, you can manage files between a PC and the terminal mutually.With "Sync Zone" of PC Companion, you can synchronize contacts in the terminal and calendar with Outlook, etc. of a PC.You can transfer and move images, music data and some other data. Sharing some data may not be permitted due to copyright.By connecting the terminal and a PC with the supplied microUSB cable, you can exchange data between the terminal and the PC.Connecting the terminal and a PC using a microUSB cable1Connect the terminal to a PC using a microUSB cable (P.29).・When you connect microUSB cable for the first time, the driver software for the terminal is installed to a PC. Wait for a while until installation is completed. A confirmation screen for installation of PC Companion software appears when the driver software installation is completed.・The terminal is connected by "Media transfer mode (MTP)" which is set by default. Follow onscreen instructions on a PC to access "Internal Storage/SD Card" of the terminal.Handling a file Transferring and moving dataUsing microUSB cable
151File management2Tap [Skip].❖Information・Window that appears when connecting to a PC may vary depending on the operating system (OS) of a PC.・From the Home screen, tap   and tap [Settings]u[Xperia™]u [Connectivity] to check connection mode and change the settings as follows.・Connecting with "Mass storage mode (MSC)" also accesses microSD card as a removal disk. microSD card cannot be accessed from the terminal and functions using microSD card may become unavailable in Camera, Album, etc. while connecting to a PC.・If you install PC Companion by tapping [Install] in Step 2, you can use the following applications on a PC for managing media files, creating backup files, etc. when connecting the terminal and the PC. For details, check on the PC Companion screen after installation.・When the terminal is connected to a PC, charging starts automatically. For details, see "Charging with a PC" (P.29).Install PC CompanionDisplay PC Companion installation wizard when connected to a PC.USB connection modeUSB connection mode when connecting to a PC can be selected between "Media transfer mode (MTP)" and "Mass storage mode (MSC)".TRUSTED DEVICESConnect the terminal and a host device in a pair via Wi-Fi network. (P.152)Support ZoneUpdate software of the terminal connecting to a PC. (P.242)Contacts SetupCopy the contacts data of the mobile phone previously used to the terminal.Media GoP.153Sync ZoneSynchronize calendar and contacts between the terminal and Outlook etc.Back up and restoreBack up the terminal data or move the data to another terminal.File ManagerCheck file type, update time, location, etc. on the terminal.
152File managementDisconnecting the microUSB cable safely・Do not disconnect the microUSB cable during data transferring. Data may be damaged.・If you connect the terminal in the Media transfer mode (MTP), make sure that data transfer is not in progress and just disconnect the microUSB cable.■ Mass storage mode (MSC)1Drag the status bar downwards.2Tap [SD card connected].・"SD card disconnected" appears in the status bar.3Disconnect the microUSB cable.Dragging and dropping data on the terminal and a PC■ Media transfer mode (MTP)1Connect the terminal to a PC using a microUSB cable.・"Int.storage/SD card connected" appears in the status bar.2Drag and drop selected data between the terminal and a PC.■ Mass storage mode (MSC)1Connect the terminal to a PC using a microUSB cable.・"SD card connected" appears in the status bar.2Drag and drop selected data between the terminal and a PC.❖Information・You can transfer files using a microUSB cable on most devices and the following operating systems (OSs) that supports the USB mass-storage memory interface.- Microsoft Windows 7- Microsoft Windows Vista- Microsoft Windows XP
153File managementIf the terminal and a PC* are connected in a pair on a Wi-Fi network, automatic connection/disconnection of internal storage of the terminal with a PC is enabled when the terminal user comes in and out of the Wi-Fi area. You can easily access to files in the internal storage of the terminal from a connected PC.* Use Microsoft Windows 7 to make a pair setting. Pair setting cannot be made under Microsoft Windows XP, Microsoft Windows Vista or other OS.1Connect a PC you want to set in a pair to a Wi-Fi network.2Connect the terminal to a Wi-Fi network (P.114).3Connect the terminal to a PC using a microUSB cable.・When a confirmation screen for installation of PC Companion software appears on the terminal, tap [Skip].4Make sure that "Xperia XX SO-02E" is displayed as a portable device on the explorer of the PC.5Right click the portable device icon, then click "ネットワーク構成 (network composition)".6Click "次へ (Next)".7On the pop-up screen of the terminal, tap [Pair].8On the network composition of the portable device screen of the PC, click " 完了 (Done)".9Disconnect the microUSB cable.10From the Home screen, tap   and tap [Settings]u[Xperia™]u[Connectivity]u"Host name" (PC name) in the "TRUSTED DEVICES" field.11Tap [Connect].・The terminal and the PC are connected in "Media transfer mode (MTP)" on a Wi-Fi network, and you can exchange data files.Connecting the terminal to a PC on a Wi-Fi network
154File management❖Information・From the Home screen, tap   and tap [Settings]u[Xperia™]u[Connectivity] to display "Host name" (PC name) in the "TRUSTED DEVICES" field. To cancel connection setting, tap the host name and [Forget]. Until "Forget" is tapped, the connection setting retains even if you connect/disconnect repeatedly by coming in and out of a Wi-Fi area.・If the privacy separator function for Wi-Fi network (access point) is enabled, pair setting cannot be made.The Media Go computer application helps you transfer and manage media content in the terminal and PC.With Media Go, you can load music from a CD to a PC and transfer to the terminal.・You can install Media Go from PC Companion. Activate PC Companion installed in a PC and install Media Go with "Sony PC Companion" screen. For information on how to install PC Companion, see "When PC Companion is not installed on your PC" (P.242).❖Information・You can also download Media Go from http://mediago.sony.com/enu/features.・To learn more about how to use the Media Go application, see the help section of the Media Go application.You can send/receive data of contacts, photos or videos taken by the camera to/from terminals etc. supporting infrared communication function.・The communication range for infrared communication is 20 cm or less. Keep the devices pointing at the infrared data port each other, and do not move them until data exchange completes.・If the infrared data port is soiled, clean the data port with a dry soft cloth to prevent from scratching. Performing infrared communication with the data port soiled or scratched may cause communication failure.・Infrared communication may not be performed in areas exposed to direct sunlight, directly under fluorescent lights or near infrared devices.・Depending on the terminal of the other party, it may be difficult to exchange data.Using Media GoUsing infrared communication
155File management❖Information・Do not cover the infrared data port with the fingers, etc. while performing infrared communication.・Infrared communication for the terminal conforms to IrMC version 1.1. However, some data cannot be sent or received even if the receiver's phone conforms IrMC version 1.1.・Authentication password and docomo apps password may be required while sending or receiving infrared data. Authentication password is a 4-digit number fixed up between you and other party in advance. The same number string must be entered by the sender and receiver. For details on docomo apps password, see "docomo apps password" (P.134).・If the terminal receives a call during infrared communication, data exchange is interrupted and the incoming call screen appears.・If the set alarm time comes during infrared communication, data exchange is interrupted and the alarm starts to sound.・ is displayed in the status bar during infrared communication.・You can send and receive Phonebook entries, My profile, name card, sp-mode mail, Schedule & memo, still images (.jpeg, .png, .gif, .bmp), videos (.mp4, .3gp) and ToruCa. It may take a time to exchange data depending on the data amount or device of other party.・Some data, such as data with copyright protection, etc., cannot be played back on other devices.・Received data cannot be played back or saved depending on the sender's device, data type or data amount.・Received images and videos are saved in the internal storage and other data is saved in Phone memory.
156File managementStart Infrared application and select data to send. You can also send data from an application menu such as Phonebook, Album, etc.■ Sending all data using infrared communication application1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Infrared]u[Send all].2Tap [Phonebook]/[sp-mode mail]/[Scedule&Memo]u[Start].・When you tap "sp-mode mail", select ."Inbox"/"Sent"/"Unsent".3Enter docomo apps password and tap [OK].4Enter the same authentication password as that of the recipient and tap [OK]u[OK]u[OK].❖Information・You can send My profile (except name card) from the Home screen. Tap the left part of   (Infrared widget) and [OK]. Name card can be sent from the "Phonebook" application.・For details on the "Phonebook" application, see "Sending phonebook entries via infrared communication" (P.92).・For sending from "Album", see "Sharing image files" (P.197).・You cannot send 2 or more images or videos at a time.■ Receiving 1 item1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Infrared]u[Receive]u[OK].2When receiving is complete, tap [OK]u[OK].■ Receiving all items1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Infrared]u[Receive all].2Enter docomo apps password and tap [OK].3Enter the same authentication password as that of the sender and tap [OK]u[OK]u[OK]u[OK].❖Information・You can also receive a file from the Home screen. Tap the right part of   (Infrared widget) and [OK], and after receiving is complete, tap [OK]u[OK].・When Phonebook, sp-mode mail and Schedule&Memo are received, data on the terminal is deleted before saved.・You cannot receive 2 or more videos at a time.Sending data via infrared communicationReceiving data via infrared communication
157File management・You may not save received data if the phone memory is full.・A file name may be changed when saving. A file named with 127 characters or more (Unicode) may not be saved properly.The Bluetooth function creates a wireless connection to other Bluetooth devices, for example, handsfree devices. A range within 10 meters, with no solid objects in between, is recommended. You must turn on the Bluetooth function to communicate with Bluetooth devices. You may also have to make pair setting for the terminal and Bluetooth device.❖Information・By default, Bluetooth function is off. If you turn Bluetooth on and then turn off the terminal, Bluetooth function turns off. When you turn on the terminal again, Bluetooth function turns on automatically.・When you do not use Bluetooth function, turn it off to save the battery.■ Reception interference caused by wireless LAN devicesThe terminal's Bluetooth function and wireless LAN devices use the same frequency band (2.4GHz). If you use the terminal near a wireless LAN device, reception interference may occur or the communications speed may lower. Also, you may hear noise or have a connection problem. In these cases, do the following:・Keep the Bluetooth device 10 meters or more away from a wireless LAN device.・Within 10 meters, turn off either the Bluetooth device or the wireless LAN device.* The terminal does not communicate wirelessly with all types of Bluetooth devices. Bluetooth DUN is not supported.Using Bluetooth function
158File management1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings].2Tap   in Bluetooth or drag it right.・ appears on the status bar and Bluetooth function turns on.3Tap [Bluetooth].4Tap [SO-02E].・The terminal becomes detectable by other Bluetooth devices for 2 minutes.You can name the terminal. The name appears on Bluetooth devices when you use the Bluetooth function.1Make sure that the Bluetooth function is on.2From the Home screen, tap   Tap [Settings]u[Bluetooth].3Tap   and tap [Rename phone].4Enter a name.5Tap [Rename].By making pair setting for the terminal and another Bluetooth device, you can use the device such as Bluetooth handsfree headset etc. connecting to the terminal to make and receive calls.Once you have made pair setting for the terminal and a Bluetooth device, the setting is saved. When making pair setting for the terminal and a Bluetooth device, you may need to enter a passkey (PIN). The terminal automatically tries the generic passkey "0000". If this passkey does not work, see the documentation of your Bluetooth device. You do not need to re-enter the passkey the next time you connect to a paired Bluetooth device already set.You cannot pair the terminal with two Bluetooth headsets. However, you can pair the terminal with two or more Bluetooth devices of different profiles. The terminal supports the following Bluetooth profiles: A2DP, AVRCP, HFP, HID, HSP, OPP, PAN, PBAP, and SPP.1Make sure that the Bluetooth function is on.Making the terminal detectable with the Bluetooth function onEntering the terminal's nameMaking pair setting for the terminal and Bluetooth device
159File management2From the Home screen, tap   and tap [Settings]u[Bluetooth].3Tap [Search for devices].・A list of detected Bluetooth devices appears.4Tap a Bluetooth device name to pair with the terminal.5Check a passkey on the "Bluetooth pairing request" screen, then tap [Pair].・You can use the Bluetooth device that has been paired.・Some Bluetooth devices make connections continuously after making pair setting.・Authentication passcode may be required on the "Bluetooth pairing request" screen.❖Information・Make sure that the Bluetooth function and Bluetooth detection function of the target device are on.・When you make pair setting with the Bluetooth device supporting Secure Simple Pairing (SSP) function, a passkey appears on the screen. Check the passkey and make the pair setting.1Make sure that the Bluetooth function is on.2From the Home screen, tap   and tap [Settings]u[Bluetooth].3Tap [Search for devices].・A list of detected Bluetooth devices appears.・Pair Bluetooth devices as required.4Tap the name of Bluetooth device you want to connect.・While connecting to a device,   appears in the status bar and the connection status appears under the device name.❖Information・Tap   on the name of connected Bluetooth device to check the status of that Bluetooth device or change the settings.Connecting the terminal with Bluetooth device
160File management1From the Home screen, tap   and tap [Settings]u[Bluetooth].2Tap the connected Bluetooth device name.3Tap [OK].・To reconnect, tap the device name.1From the Home screen, tap   and tap [Settings]u[Bluetooth].2Tap   in a Bluetooth device name to unpair and tap [Unpair].・Connection disconnects and the pair setting is canceled.With Media server, you can share media files with other client (DLNA: Digital Living Network Alliance) devices using Wi-Fi function.Set Wi-Fi connection (P.112) with another client device.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Connected devices].・When you activate for the first time, "Welcome!" screen appears. Tap   or x.2Tap  , then tap [Media server].・Media server settings screen appears. You can set the following items.Deactivating the connection of a Bluetooth deviceCanceling the pair setting of a Bluetooth deviceSharing files with DLNA devices via Connected devices (Media server)Setting Connected devices (Media server)SO-02E (server name)Rename the terminal (server) displayed on a client device.Share contentSet to connect from a client device to the terminal via Wi-Fi.PENDING DEVICESManage client devices waiting access permissions.REGISTERED DEVICESManage client device registered to the terminal.
161File management❖Information・On the Media server screen, tap   to set Wi-Fi connection.Set Wi-Fi connection with a DLNA device to allow access from the terminal in advance.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Connected devices].・If Media server settings screen appears, tap  or x.2Tap the device name displayed in the server list and tap the desired category folder.3Tap a media file to play it.❖Information・When Wi-Fi connection is not enabled on the terminal, tap [Wireless & networks] on the "Connected devices" screen to set Wi-Fi connection.Connect the terminal to a DLNA device via Wi-Fi in advance.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Connected devices].2Tap  , then tap [Media server] and tap   in Share content or drag it right.・"Media server turned on" appears in the status bar.3Tap y, tap  , and tap [Album].・Album list screen appears.4Tap a tile you want to play.5Tap  , then tap [See all...]u[Play on device].・A "Play on device" screen appears.6Tap a device displayed on the "Play on device" screen.・The file is played by a DLNA device.Playing media files in the DLNA device with the terminalPlaying a media file in the terminal with a DLNA device
162ApplicationsApplicationsIn dmenu, you can easily access sites recommended by DOCOMO or convenient applications.1From the Home screen, tap [dmenu].・Browser activates to display "dmenu".❖Information・To use dmenu, Internet connection by packet communication (LTE/3G/GPRS) or Wi-Fi is required.・For connecting dmenu and downloading applications introduced in dmenu, packet communication charge is applied separately. Some applications automatically perform packet communications.・Applications introduced by dmenu may include charged ones.You can obtain useful and interesting contents which meet your needs at dmarket.1From the Home screen, tap [dmarket].・When you activate for the first time, "dマーケットソフトウェア使用許諾契約書 (License Agreement)" appears. Mark [Agree] checkbox and tap [Start use].❖Information・For details on dmarket, refer to NTT DOCOMO website.dmenuOpening dmenudmarketOpening dmarket
163ApplicationsWith Google Play, you can directly access useful applications or fun games which you can download and install on the terminal. And you can send feedback and comments about an application, or report objectionable application or incompatible application with the terminal as an inappropriate content.・To use Google Play, you need to set Google account (P.134).・Some applications and games are free of charge, and the others are paid. In the applications list of Market, distinction between free and paid is clearly specified. For details on purchasing, returning and refunding of paid applications, see "Help" (P.163).1From the Home screen, tap [Play Store].・When you activate for the first time, Terms of use window appears. Tap [Accept].2Search application and tap application you want to install.・Check the displayed contents carefully and follow the onscreen instructions.・Be careful especially about applications which access many functions or large amount of data. If you perform download operation, you are responsible for the consequences of using this application on the terminal.❖Information・Be sure to check the security of application, then install it at your own risk. The terminal may be infected with a virus and the data may be damaged.・NTT DOCOMO is not liable for malfunctions, if any, caused by the application you installed. In such case, the repair is charged even during the warranty period.・NTT DOCOMO is not liable for any disadvantage brought to you or any third party due to an application you installed.・Some applications automatically perform packet communications. Packet communication is kept active unless you disconnect it or the time-out is occurred. To disconnect packet communication manually, from the Home screen, tap   and tap [Settings]u[More...]u[Mobile networks] and unmark [Data enabled].・Some applications may be updated automatically.Play StoreInstalling applications
164Applications1From the Home screen, tap [Play Store].2Tap  and [My Apps].3Tap the applications you want to delete, then tap [Uninstall]u [OK].・When you uninstall charged applications, a screen for refund may appear. For details, see "Help" (P.163).When you need help or have any questions about Google Play, display the Google Play screen, then tap   and tap [Help]. The Browser opens the Google Play Help web page.Osaifu-Keitai equipped with IC card is a function which allows you to pay money or to use coupon, stamp-rally, etc. only by holding the terminal over an IC card reader in stores etc.You can access a site or website, obtain the latest coupon, check credit or payment of electronic money, etc. by holding the terminal over the IC card reader. In addition, you can lock your Osaifu-Keitai to provide against loss or theft, and you can use Osaifu-Keitai with safe.For details on Osaifu-Keitai, refer to Mobile Phone User's Guide [sp-mode] smartphone version.* A setting from the dedicated website or application is required to use Osaifu-Keitai compatible services.Precautions on using Osaifu-Keitai・The data (including electronic money, points, etc.) in the IC card may be lost or modified because of the malfunction of the terminal (When we take your Osaifu-Keitai for repair etc., as we cannot take it with data remained, you are required to erase the data by yourself). For support such as reissuance, restoration, temporary preservation or Deleting applicationHelpOsaifu-Keitai
165Applicationstransfer of data, contact Osaifu-Keitai compatible service providers. For important data, be sure to use a service with backup service.・If the data in the IC card is lost, modified or damaged by any means related to Osaifu-Keitai compatible service such as malfunction or model change, DOCOMO assumes no responsibility for the loss of data.・If the terminal is stolen or misplaced, immediately contact Osaifu-Keitai compatible service provider for an advice.・The terminal does not support iC transfer service.1From the Home screen, tap   then tap [Osaifu-Keitai].2Select a service you want to use from a service list.・At the first time you activate Osaifu-Keitai, an initial setting screen appears. Follow the onscreen instructions.You can exchange data with an IC card reader only by holding   mark over the card reader.・When holding   mark over an IC card reader, make sure not to hit the terminal strongly.・Hold   mark horizontally over the center of the IC card reader.・Slowly move the terminal to hold   mark over the IC card reader.・If   mark is not recognized even when holding over the IC card reader, try slightly picking the terminal up off the reader, or moving the terminal back, forth and around.・If there are metal objects between   mark and an IC card reader, scanning may be failed. And note that a sticker put on nearby the   mark may affect communication performance.Using Osaifu-KeitaiHolding Osaifu-Keitai over IC card reader
166Applications❖Information・You can scan and write data to or from an IC card reader without activating Osaifu-Keitai compatible application.・The function is available even if the terminal is off, but it is not available when the battery pack is not attached. Even if the battery pack is attached, the function may not be available when you leave the terminal off for a long time or the battery level is low, etc.Use "Osaifu-Keitai Lock Setting" to restrict the use of Osaifu-Keitai function and related services.・Osaifu-Keitai lock is different from screen lock for the terminal, SIM card lock.1From the Home screen, tap   then tap [Osaifu-Keitai].2Tap [Lock Settings] at the bottom right of the "Osaifu-Keitai" screen.3Follow the onscreen instructions to enter unlock pattern.❖Information・ is displayed in the status bar when you set "Osaifu-Keitai Lock Setting".・Note that you cannot cancel "Osaifu-Keitai Lock Setting", if the battery runs out while using "Osaifu-Keitai Lock Setting". Be careful about remaining battery level. If the battery runs out, charge the terminal before canceling "Osaifu-Keitai Lock Setting".・You need to enter unlock pattern to use Osaifu-Keitai menu while using "Osaifu-Keitai Lock Setting".・IC card unlock pattern will not be deleted even if you reset the terminal.・Note that you cannot cancel "Osaifu-Keitai Lock Setting" if you forget both the lock pattern and answer for security question."iD" is a convenient electronic money by credit clearance scheme. You can enjoy shopping simply and conveniently only by holding Osaifu-Keitai with credit information set or the iD-compatible card over the IC card reader in stores. Because up to 2 types of credit information can be registered in Osaifu-Keitai, you can use them according to the benefits, etc.  It also supports cashing, depending on the card issuer.・To use iD with Osaifu-Keitai, subscribing to a card issuer that supports iD, settings for iD setting application are required.・The charges required for iD service (including the annual charge) vary by card issuer.・For using the application, a packet communication charge is applied.Locking Osaifu-Keitai functioniD設定アプリ (iD setting application)
167Applications・A packet communication fee for oversea use differs from the one in Japan.・For details on iD, refer to iD website (http://id-credit.com/ (In Japanese only)).ToruCa is an electronic card that can be obtained to mobile terminals. It can be obtained from the IC card reader or site as store information, coupon ticket, etc. Obtained ToruCa is saved to the "ToruCa" application. Use the "ToruCa" application to display, search or update.For details on ToruCa, refer to "ご利用ガイドブック (spモード編) (Mobile Phone User's Guide [sp-mode]) (in Japanese only)".❖Information・For obtaining, displaying or updating ToruCa, a packet communication charge may be applied.・Some ToruCa provided to i-mode terminal may not be obtained/displayed/updated.・Depending on the settings of IP (Information Provider), the following functions may not be available.- Obtaining/Updating from the IC card reader, sharing ToruCa, moving to microSD card, copying/displaying map・Some ToruCa which can be displayed in a map from ToruCa (details) may not be displayed in a map from the ToruCa list depending on the IP settings.・While using Osaifu-Keitai Lock Setting, you cannot obtain ToruCa with an IC card reader.・If you mark 重複チェック (Duplication check), obtaining the same ToruCa redundantly is not available. To obtain the same ToruCa redundantly, unmark 重複チェック (Duplication check).・When you send ToruCa attaching to email, it is sent in the condition before obtaining ToruCa (details).・Depending on email application, ToruCa received via the emails may not be saved.・Depending on browser, ToruCa cannot be obtained.・When ToruCa is moved/copied to the microSD card, it is moved/copied in the condition before obtaining ToruCa (details).・You may not be able to obtain ToruCa with an IC card reader, if you do not make initial setting for Osaifu-Keitai.ToruCa
168Applications1Seg is a terrestrial digital TV broadcasting service that allows mobile devices to receive broadcasted data along with images and sounds. You can also acquire detailed program information, participate in quiz programs, enjoy TV shopping, etc.For details on "1Seg", refer to the following website.The Association for Promotion of Digital Broadcastinghttp://www.dpa.or.jp/english/Using 1Seg1Seg is a service provided by TV broadcasting enterprises (stations), etc. A communication fee for receiving video picture and sound is not required. Contact NHK for details on your NHK viewing fees.There are 2 types of information displayed in the data broadcasting area: "Data broadcasting" and "Data broadcasting site". "Data broadcasting" is displayed using airwave along with images and sounds; while "Data broadcasting site" is displayed by connecting to a site provided by TV broadcasting enterprises (stations), etc., using information of data broadcasting.For viewing "Data broadcasting site", etc., packet communication fees are charged.・Some sites require information fees.Airwaves1Seg is one of the broadcast services and a different type of radio waves (airwaves) from that of FOMA service is received. Therefore, regardless of whether you are in or out of Xi service or FOMA service area, it cannot be received where airwaves do not reach or during broadcasting interruptions.Also, even in a terrestrial digital TV broadcasting service area, reception condition may be poor or reception may be unavailable in the following places:・A place far from the tower that the airwaves are sent from・Mountain-ringed regions or a place between buildings where airwaves are interrupted by geography or buildings・Tunnel, underground or far back from a building where airwaves are weak or do not reachUsing 1Seg antenna cableTo watch 1Seg program on the terminal, use supplied 1Seg antenna cable.If Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample) is used for watching, connect Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample) to the 1Seg 1Seg
169Applicationsantenna when inserting to or removing from the terminal.1Connect the plug of Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample) to headset connector of the 1Seg antenna cable ( ).2Connect the plug of the 1Seg antenna cable to the headset connector of the terminal ( ).❖Information・If Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample) is removed from 1Seg antenna cable while watching 1Seg using the Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample), sound is not emitted from the speaker. To hear sound via speaker, remove 1Seg antenna cable then reattach the antenna cable alone.Make channel setting when you activate 1Seg for the first time. After channel setting is done, 1Seg programs can be watched.1From the Home screen, tap   and tap [1Seg].2Tap [Watch].・If [More] is tapped, operation guide for 1Seg watching appears.3Tap [Channel setting]u[Current area].・Available channels are searched.4Tap entry box, enter a title name and tap [OK].・To return the 1Seg menu, tap x.❖Information・Alternatively, tap [Select area] in Step 2 then select area to make channel setting.・Channel setting may not be made in the area where a terrestrial digital TV broadcasting service has just started.Initial settings for 1Seg
170Applications1From the Home screen, tap   and tap [1Seg].2Tap [Activate 1Seg].・1Seg watching screen appears. Tap the image to temporarily view program information such as program name.❖Information・It may take a time to acquire image data or broadcasted data when you activate 1Seg or change channels due to characteristic of digital broadcasting.・According to the airwave condition, image or sound may be interrupted or stopped.・If the terminal receives a call while watching 1Seg, 1Seg is interrupted and resumes after the call ends.■ 1Seg screenaProgram informationbImagecData broadcasting : Display data broadcasting content.dBroadcasting stationeSettingfRemote controller : Display numeric keys to switch channels and keys for searching stations.gView optional menuhDOWN selection/UP selection : Select previous or next channel you are currently watching.iMutejSubtitlekRemote controller for data broadcasting : Display operation keys for data broadcasting such as Move focus, Select focus, Back, Show numeric keys, etc.l1Seg status bar : Display icons for off timer, channel, reception level, subtitle, muting, volume, etc.❖Information・Press m on the 1Seg watching screen to adjust volume.・Recording 1Seg program is not supported.・You can watch 1Seg turning the terminal sideways. If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn the terminal sideways, from the Home screen, tap  , then [Settings] u [Display], then mark [Auto-rotate screen] checkbox.Watching 1Seg program1Seg watching screen (with data broadcasting)kljdabcfg1Seg watching screen (full screen)labjed f hi
171Applications・For data broadcasting, screen display supports portrait only.・Flick the 1Seg watching screen left and right to select the previous or next channel you are currently watching.・To exit 1Seg, tap x on the 1Seg watching screen.1Tap   on the 1Seg watching screen (P.169) then tap [Setting].・You can set the following options.Setting 1SegChannel infoDisplay information for available channels.Program infoDisplay information for received programs.Channel listRegistered areas (broadcasting service area) are listed as a channel list.Channel settingMake channel setting.Add to channel listAdd a channel from 1Seg watching screen.Program guideActivate "Gガイド番組表 (Program table)" to view program table.・Alternatively, tap [Program guide] on the 1Seg menu screen to activate "Gガイド番組表 (Program table)".Switch displaySwitch display between image and data broadcasting.Caption settingSwitch Display subtitle to on or off.Off timerMake a timer setting to end 1Seg watching.Main/sub soundSet main/sub sound.Sound switchSet to switch sound.Volume settingAdjust the volume level.Sound effect settingSwitch sound effect of data broadcasting between on and off.Reset confirmation statusInitialize the confirmation screen display.Back to data BCDisplay data broadcasting.Tune serviceYou can select a sub-channel when several programs (services) are broadcasted for separated sub-channels in a channel.TVlinkStored TVlinks appear.Operation guideA guide for watching 1Seg appears.
172ApplicationsFor data broadcasting, you can view various information by following the onscreen instructions.❖Information・To watch data broadcasting, call charge or packet communication charge is not required. If you use additional services of data broadcasting, etc. via packet communication, packet communication fees are charged.For some data broadcasting programs, link information to related websites (TVlink) is displayed. Save TVlinks to connect to related websites later.Saving TVlinks1On the 1Seg watching screen (data broadcasting) (P.169), select TVlink to store.・After this step, follow the onscreen instructions to operate.Display TVlinks1From the Home screen, tap   and tap [1Seg].2Tap [TVlink].・A TV link list screen appears.3Select a TVlink.■When a link content or HTML content is selectedTap [Yes].❖Information・Some TVlinks have period of validity. Out of date TVlinks are no longer available.Watching data broadcastingUsing TVlinks
173ApplicationsViewing/Deleting details of TVlink1From the Home screen, tap   and tap [1Seg].2Tap [TVlink] and tap  .・Menu appears.❖Information・On the TVlink list screen, touch and hold a TVlink to display menus for displaying detailed information, etc.Available channels vary depending on the area (broadcasting service area) you are using in.Storing broadcasting service areas1From the Home screen, tap   and tap [1Seg].2Tap [Channel setting]u[Current area].・Available channels are searched.3Tap entry box, enter a title name and tap [OK].❖Information・Alternatively, tap [Select area] in Step 2 then select area to make channel setting.Changing broadcasting service areas1From the Home screen, tap   and tap [1Seg].2Tap [Channel list] to select a list from registered channel lists.・Broadcasting service area is changed.Check the number of registrationCheck the number of stored TVlinks.Delete allDelete all stored TVlinks.Delete selectedDelete several stored TVlinks.Mark a TVlink to delete and tap  , tap [Delete data?] u [YES].Storing/Changing broadcasting service areas
174Applications■ Using menus on the channel list selection screenTouch and hold the channel list selection screen to display menus for displaying information, setting, editing titles, deleting, etc.Change TV remote number assigned to each broadcasting station. Each broadcasting station can be called up via the corresponding TV remote number.1From the Home screen, tap   and tap [1Seg].2Tap [Channel list] u Tap a list you want to change.3Touch and hold channel information.4Tap [Remote control No.] u Tap a broadcasting station you want to change.5Tap remote control number you want to store.6Tap x and [YES].You can set, initialize, and reset watching screen, data broadcasting screen.Initializing settingsYou can initialize the channel setting and 1Seg setting.1From the Home screen, tap   and tap [1Seg].2Tap [User setting] u [Reset channel setting]/[Reset 1Seg settings].3Tap [YES].Changing numbers for TV remoteMaking User setting
175ApplicationsYou can listen to the FM radio with the terminal. Tuning can be made automatically or manually, and you can register your favorite channels to Favorites. To use FM radio, use a handsfree device such as Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample), etc. or a headphone. They work as antenna.1Connect Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample) to the terminal.・For connection of Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample), see "Using Stereo Headset with Microphone" (P.194).2From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [FM radio].・FM radio screen appears and selecting channel starts automatically. You can select channel by flicking the screen left and right. To select channel automatically furthermore, go to Step 3.3Tap  , then tap [Search for channels].・Alternatively, tap   /   to search for channels.・The search ends when radio waves are received.4Tap  , then tap [+ Add XX.X to favorites].5Tap entry box, enter a name and tap [Save].・The frequency bands of searched channels are registered to Favorites.6To stop the FM radio, tap  .❖Information・You can return to the Home screen to perform another operation while listening to FM radio in the background. To return to the FM radio screen, from the Home screen, tap   then tap [FM radio], or drag the status bar downward and tap [FM radio] on the Notification panel.・When the docomo mini UIM card is not inserted, the frequency band range is 87.5MHz - 108.0MHz. You cannot listen to the FM radio programs in Japan.FM radioSearching and registering channels
176Applications■ FM radio screenaMonaural/stereo effect bPlay in speaker/Play in handsfreecChannel point displayed in a good radio wave conditiondOn/Off of FM radioeView optional menufBroadcasting station now listeninggChannel assigned to favoritehSearch channels automaticallyiMove left to select next favoritejFavorites saving/editing/tuningkMove right to select next favorite1On the FM radio screen, tap  .2Tap [Play in speaker]/[Play in headphones].・The sound output is switched to the speaker/handsfree device.You can shoot still picture and video by tapping the shutter icon or screen. You can hold the camera horizontally or vertically to shoot still pictures (when shooting with 3D Sweep Panorama/Sweep Multi Angle/Sweep Panorama, hold the camera horizontally). For recording videos, screen display supports landscape only. Still pictures and videos are saved automatically in the internal storage or a microSD card.・All pictures or videos that you capture on the terminal are stored into the internal storage or a microSD card. When saving to a microSD card, insert a microSD card before using the camera. You cannot take a photo while the terminal is reading/writing data, for example transferring a file from Media Go.・If you use microSD card with an i-mode compatible terminal, photos and videos shot by the terminal cannot be shown.・Avoid copyright infringements when you handle photos, videos, or sound recorded using the terminal, e.g. copy/edit. In addition, avoid rights infringements of portraits by using these photos without consent, altering them or by other means. Note that capturing Switching the speaker and handsfree devicecefkjighabdCameraBefore using the camera
177Applicationsor recording a stage performance, entertainment or exhibition may be prohibited even if for personal use.■About the Copyright and Portrait rightsObjects, such as movies, still images, and sounds, recorded using the terminal are prohibited by the copyright law from use without consent of the copyright holders, unless intended for personal use or any other purpose permitted by law. Also, using or transformation of other person's portrait or name without his or her permission may violate the portrait right. When you present recorded images or sounds in a public place such as on an Internet home page, make sure to be aware of the copyright and portrait right. Note that some performances, shows, and exhibitions may not allow photography, movie shooting, or sound recording even for personal use. Transmission of images related to copyright or beyond the scope provided in the copyright law is not available.Please be considerate of the privacy of individuals around you when taking and sending photos using camera-equipped mobile phones.If you cause the public any trouble using the terminal, you may be punished under law or regulations (for example, nuisance prevention ordinance).Note on 3D Sweep Panorama/Sweep Multi Angle/Sweep Panorama・In the following cases, 3D Sweep Panorama/Sweep Multi Angle/Sweep Panorama do not work properly.- Shooting a moving object- Shooting the main object that is too close to the camera- Shooting an object with repetition of the same pattern such as a sky, beach, grass, etc.- Shooting a big object- Shooting an object with constantly changing pattern such as a wave, waterfall, etc.・If shooting angle does not increase enough for 3D Sweep Panorama/Sweep Multi Angle/Sweep Panorama within a certain period of time, the part which was not taken is recorded in gray.To avoid this, move the camera faster when shooting.・Because two or more images are joined together, joints may not recorded smoothly.・Images may be blurred or may not be taken in a dark scene.・Under the flickering light source such as a fluorescent light, you may not be able to shoot properly since brightness or color balance of joined image may be unstable.
178Applications・If brightness, color balance and focus point of whole image to be taken with 3D Sweep Panorama/Sweep Multi Angle/Sweep Panorama are radically different from those of the focused image, image may not be shot properly.・In the following cases, shooting for 3D Sweep Panorama/Sweep Multi Angle/Sweep Panorama may be stopped.- Moved the camera too fast/too slow- Blurred too much- Moved the camera in the opposite direction of the shootingNotes on viewing pictures shot with 3D Sweep Panorama/Sweep Multi Angle・Do not view 3D images shot by the terminal with a 3D compatible monitor for a long time. Doing so may cause unpleasant symptom such as eyestrain, fatigue, feeling ill, etc.・For viewing 3D images, you are recommended to take a proper break. Necessary break length and frequency vary by individual. Judge for yourself.・When you experience unpleasant symptom, stop viewing 3D images until you get healed up and seek the advice of a doctor if necessary. Also refer to the manuals come with the device for connecting to the terminal or software.・Vision of child (especially younger than 7 years) is during development. Before a child views 3D images, seek the advise of a doctor such as pediatrics or ophthalmologist. Adults should supervise a child for the above precautions.
179Applications■ Still picture shooting screen■ Video shooting screenaCapturing mode iconbDisplay area of icons showing selected settingscIcons showing set itemsdDisplay area of status icons showing selected settingseSwitch icon for photo/videofNavigation bargShutter (still picture) Start/Stop recording (video)hRecent shooting history・Touch the icon on the shooting screen and flick it to the left of the screen (up when in portrait view) to display the last 5 shots.・Tap to open viewing/playback screen for still pictures and videos.・Tap an icon displayed by touching and holding to perform the following operations. : View playback screen of photos and videos : Share : Delete❖Information・On the shooting screen, pinch-out/in or press m to zoom in/out.・To end the camera, tap Navigation bar, then tap x.Shooting a still pictureTap the shutter icon ( ) or screen to shoot still pictures. Shot still pictures are automatically saved in the internal storage/microSD card.1From the Home screen, tap   and [Camera].・The still picture shooting screen (P.178) appears.Shooting screen and key operationsabcefghdabcdefghShooting still pictures
180Applications■Tapping the shutter icon ( )Tap the shutter icon ( ) on the shooting screen.・To shoot still pictures using auto-focus function, touch and hold the shutter icon ( ) and release your finger when the focus frame turns green and sound beeps. A picture is taken as soon as you release the finger. If the focus frame turns red, auto-focus does not operate correctly.■Tapping the screenOn the shooting screen, tap u[Capturing method]u[Touch capture]uTap the screen.・To shoot still pictures using auto-focus function, touch and hold the screen and release your finger when the focus frame turns green and sound beeps. A picture is taken as soon as you release the finger. If the focus frame turns red, auto-focus does not operate correctly.❖Information・When you connect Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample), commercially available earphone set or other Bluetooth device, shutter sound may be softer. Shooting using Quick launch1On the SIM card lock/screen unlock screen, touch and hold  /  then drag to left.・If "Quick launch" (P.188) is set to "Launch and capture", the camera is activated to shoot a photo immediately. Shot pictures are automatically saved in the internal storage/microSD card.❖Information・"Quick launch" (P.188) is set to "Launch and capture" by default. The operation of Quick launch can be selected from "Launch and capture" and "Launch only".Using zoom1On the shooting screen, press m.❖Information・On the shooting screen, pinch-in/out the screen to zoom out/in.・Zoom is not available while using Front camera/3D Sweep Panorama/Sweep Multi Angle/Sweep Panorama.
181ApplicationsAdjusting Exposure value1On the shooting screen, tap the shooting mode icon (P.178), then tap [Normal].2On the shooting screen, tap  , then [Exposure value].3Tap or drag the bar to adjust the exposure value.You can use face detection to bring an off-center face into focus. The camera automatically detects up to 5 faces at a time. A yellow frame indicates a face to focus on, and white frames indicate the rest. An appropriate face is determined by distance from the camera and off-center balance, and is focused automatically. You can also tap one of the frames to select which face should be in focus.Setting face detection1From the Home screen, tap   and [Camera].・The still picture shooting screen (P.178) appears.2On the shooting screen, tap the shooting mode icon (P.178), then tap [Normal].3On the shooting screen, tap  , then tap "Focus mode" (P.186).4Tap   (Face detection).❖Information・"Scenes" (P.185) is set to "Landscape"/"Night scene"/"Document", Face detection cannot be used.Taking a photo using face detection1With Face detection set, point the camera at the subject.・Each detected face is framed (up to 5 faces).2Tap the frame you want to focus on or let the camera select which face to focus on without tapping.・A yellow frame shows the face in focus.Face detection
182Applications3Shoot a picture.・For information on how to shoot pictures, see "Shooting a still picture" (P.178).・Shot pictures are automatically saved in the internal storage/microSD card.Smile detection allows you to capture a face just as it smiles. The camera detects up to 5 faces and selects 1 face for smile detection and auto focus. A yellow frame shows which face is selected. When the selected face smiles, the frame turns to green and the camera automatically takes a photo.Setting smile detection1From the Home screen, tap   and [Camera].・The still picture shooting screen (P.178) appears.2On the shooting screen, tap  , then tap "Smile detection" (P.186).・You can select smile level for the smile detection feature from "Big smile"/"Average smile"/"Small smile"/"Off". Set "Off" to cancel smile detection.Taking a photo using smile detection1With Smile detection set, point the camera at the subject.・Each detected face is framed (up to 5 faces).・The camera selects which face to focus on. A yellow frame shows the face in focus.2The camera automatically takes the photo when the subject in focus smiles.・Shot pictures are automatically saved in the internal storage/microSD card.・If no smile is detected, operate the steps in "Shooting a still picture" (P.178) to shoot a picture.1From the Home screen, tap   and [Camera].・The still picture shooting screen (P.178) appears.2On the shooting screen, tap the capturing mode icon (P.178), then select capturing mode.Smile detectionChanging capturing mode
183ApplicationsCapturing mode1From the Home screen, tap   and [Camera].・The still picture shooting screen (P.178) appears.2On the shooting screen, tap the shooting mode icon (P.178), then tap [Front camera].3Shoot a picture.・For information on how to shoot pictures, see "Shooting a still picture" (P.178).❖Information・When using Front camera, "Self-timer", "Smile detection", "Geotagging", "Capturing method", "Data storage" can be set. Other "Still camera setting" (P.185) are not supported by Front camera.- Resolution for Front camera is "VGA". The resolution cannot be changed.- The settings take over the camera settings set at the time when switching.Item Icon DescriptionCapturing modeSelect the shooting method. Scene recognitionThe camera determines most suitable scene effect. A corresponding scene icon appears when the scene is recognized. Normal A standard shooting mode. Front cameraP. 1 8 2 3D Sweep PanoramaP. 1 8 3 Sweep Multi Angle Sweep PanoramaUsing Front camera to shoot pictures
184ApplicationsUse Sweep Panorama to shoot panoramic image with wide angle.Aligning the white frame on the screen with the black frame, move the camera slowly toward the set shooting direction to shoot.Using 3D Sweep Panorama allows you to shoot 3D pictures.・Photos shot with 3D Sweep Panorama cannot be displayed in 3D on the terminal. View them with a 3D compatible monitor using a microSD card etc.・Photos shot with Sweep Multi Angle can be viewed three-dimensionally by tilting the terminal left and right.Setting 3D Sweep Panorama/Sweep Multi Angle/Sweep Panorama1From the Home screen, tap   and [Camera].・The still picture shooting screen (P.178) appears.2On the shooting screen, tap the shooting mode icon (P.178), then tap [3D Sweep Panorama]/[Sweep Multi Angle]/[Sweep Panorama].・Tap   to select "On" or "Off " for "Photo light" (P.186).・For 3D Sweep Panorama, tap   to select "Panorama image size" (P.186).・For Sweep Panorama, tap   to select "Shooting direction" (P.188).Using 3D Sweep Panorama/Sweep Multi Angle/Sweep Panorama to shoot pictures1With 3D Sweep Panorama/Sweep Multi Angle/Sweep Panorama set, point the camera at the subject.2Shoot a still picture.・For information on how to shoot pictures, see "Shooting a still picture" (P.178).・A white frame and big black frame appear on the screen.Using Sweep Panorama
185Applications3Aligning the white frame with the black frame, slowly move the camera from left to right.・If you change shooting direction for Sweep Panorama, slowly move the camera in the set direction.・Shot pictures are saved automatically in the internal storage/microSD card.1From the Home screen, tap   and [Camera].・The still picture shooting screen (P.178) appears.2On the shooting screen, tap  , then tap item to set.・Several setting icons are displayed on the shooting screen in advance. The displayed setting icons change depending on the setting conditions.・While using 3D Sweep Panorama/Sweep Multi Angle/Sweep Panorama, tap the setting item icon displayed on the shooting screen to change the setting.・For setting items and icons, see "Still camera setting" (P.185).3Tap an option in the selected setting.・If you change setting options, icons displayed on the shooting screen change to the set items.❖Information・On the recording screen, tap   to display setting items. Touch and hold an item and then drag it to the area where setting item icons are displayed to replace icons on the recording screen.・To delete a setting item icon displayed on the recording screen, touch and hold an icon and drag it to   displayed in the center of the screen.・Capturing mode icons and setting icons (P.178) cannot be replaced or deleted.・Setting item icons cannot be changed or deleted while using Front camera/3D Sweep Panorama/Sweep Multi Angle/Sweep Panorama.Changing the recording settings
186ApplicationsStill camera settingItem Icon DescriptionScenesUse Scenes to quickly set up the camera for various scene conditions. Use when "Capturing mode" is set to "Normal". OFF Adjust color shade or brightness automatically. Portrait Settings are optimized to give brighter and warmer skin tones. LandscapeShoot landscape depicting trees with vivid color and focusing on distant objects. Night sceneShoot a crisp and clear night scene. Due to long exposure time, be careful not to shake camera. Night portraitSuitable for shooting persons against the nightscape background. Due to long exposure time, be careful not to shake camera. Beach and snowReconstruct beach and snowy scene brightly and vividly. Sports To shoot fast-moving object, shorten exposure time to minimize motion blurring.Scenes Party Shoot an indoor picture creating good atmosphere of indoor lighting. Due to long exposure time, be careful not to shake camera. DocumentUse for shooting text or graphics. It allows to capture a clear, bright, and easy to read text.ResolutionSelect image sizes and aspect ratios before shooting. An image with a higher resolution requires more memory. Use when "Capturing mode" is set to "Normal"/"Scene recognition".8MP4:38 megapixel image size with 4:3 aspect ratio. Suitable for viewing on normal size screen or printing in high resolution.6MP16:96 megapixel image size with 16:9 aspect ratio. A high resolution wide-screen format. Suitable for viewing on wide-screen. 2MP4:32 megapixel image size with 4:3 aspect ratio. Suitable for viewing on normal size screen. 2MP16:92 megapixel image size with 16:9 aspect ratio. Suitable for viewing on wide-screen.Item Icon Description
187ApplicationsPanorama image sizeSet image size for 3D Sweep Panorama Use when "Capturing mode" is set to "3D Sweep Panorama".16:9 16:9 aspect ratio. Suitable for viewing on wide-screen. StandardStandard size for Panorama image. Suitable for Panorama shooting.Photo lightUse the photo light to shoot when lighting conditions are poor or in backlight. On The photo light turns on. Off The photo light does not turn on.Self-timerUse it to take self-portraits, or group photos where everyone can be in the photo. You can also use the self-timer to avoid camera shake. On(10 sec.)Shutter clicks 10 seconds after tapping. On(2 sec.)Shutter clicks 2 seconds after tapping. Off Shutter clicks when tapping.Item Icon DescriptionSmile detectionShoot faces at the moment they smile. The camera detects up to 5 faces and selects 1 face for smile detection and auto focus. When the selected face smiles, the camera automatically shoots.・You can select smile level for the smile detection feature. Big smileShoot when a big smile is detected. Average smileShoot when a smile is detected. Small smileShoot when even a tiny smile is detected. Off Cancel smile detection.Focus modeSet focus controls. Use when "Capturing mode" is set to "Normal". Single autofocusThe camera automatically focuses on the subject. Multi autofocusThe camera automatically focuses on several points on the shooting screen. The white focus frames turn to green if focused on. Face detectionP. 1 8 0 Touch focusTap an object on the shooting screen. The focus frame moves onto the tapped place.Exposure valueP. 1 8 0Item Icon Description
188ApplicationsISOSet ISO sensitivity. Shoot clear picture reducing blur even in a place where lightning is poor. Use when "Capturing mode" is set to "Normal". Auto Set to the appropriate sensitivity between "100" and "800".100 Set sensitivity to 100.200 Set sensitivity to 200.400 Set sensitivity to 400.800 Set sensitivity to 800.White balanceThe white balance setting adjusts the color balance according to the light source. Use when "Capturing mode" is set to "Normal". Auto Adjust the color balance automatically to the light source. IncandescentAdjust the color balance for lighting like incandescent bulb. FluorescentAdjust the color balance for lighting like fluorescent. Daylight Adjust the color balance for a sunny place. Cloudy Adjust the color balance for a cloudy sky or shaded area.Item Icon DescriptionMeteringMeasure the brightness on the shooting screen to determine a well-balanced exposure automatically. Use when "Capturing mode" is set to "Normal". Center Put emphasis at the center of the shooting screen and measure photometry at whole view finder to adjust the exposure. Average Adjust the exposure based on the brightness of the whole shooting screen. Spot Measure photometry only at the center of the shooting screen to adjust the exposure.Image stabilizerCompensate for photo blur caused by small movements of the hand while shooting. Use when "Capturing mode" is set to "Normal". On Reduce blur. Off The stabilizer is not used.Item Icon Description
189Applications❖Note・Some settings cannot be used in combination with one another.GeotaggingTag photos location information for the shooting spot.Enable "Enabling Wireless networks to find position" (P.209) or "Enabling GPS function" (P.209) in the location information service to add Geotag. For details on location information, see "Location services" (P.207).・Geotag (location information) enables to specify the shooting spot of the photo. On Location information is added to the taken photo. Off Shooting location cannot be viewed on a map.Capturing methodSet the shooting method.On-screen buttonSet to shoot picture by tapping the shutter icon on the shooting screen. Touch captureSet to shoot picture by tapping the shooting screen.Shooting directionSet shooting direction for Sweep Panorama. Use when "Capturing mode" is set to "Sweep Panorama". Right Shoot moving the camera from left to right. Left Shoot moving the camera from right to left. Down Shoot moving the camera downward. Up Shoot moving the camera upward.Item Icon DescriptionQuick launchOn the SIM card lock/screen unlock screen, touch and hold  /  then drag to left to activate the camera. Use when "Capturing mode" is set to "Normal"/"Scene recognition".  Launch and captureActivate the camera to shoot a photo immediately. Launch onlyActivate the camera.Data storageSet the saving location for shot images.Internal storageSave shot images in the internal storage.SD card Save shot images in a microSD card.Item Icon Description
190ApplicationsRecordingTap the start recording icon ( )/stop recording icon ( ) or recording screen to record video. For video recording screen, only landscape screen is supported. Recorded data is automatically saved in the internal storage/microSD card.1From the Home screen, tap   and [Camera].・Tap   on the photo/video switch icon (P.178) to display the video recording screen.■Tapping the start recording ( )/stop recording ( ) iconOn the recording screen, tap   to start recordinguTap   to stop recording.■Tapping the screenOn the recording screen, tap u"Capturing method"u"Touch capture"uTap the screen to start recordinguTap the screen to stop recording.❖Information・Do not cover the microphone with fingers etc. when recording videos.・When you connect Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample), commercially available earphone set or other Bluetooth device, shutter sound may be softer. Using Front video camera to record1On the recording screen, tap the recording mode icon (P.178), then tap [Front video].2Start/Stop recording.・For information on how to start/stop recording, see "Recording" (P.189).❖Information・For using Front video camera, "Video resolution", "Self-timer", "Geotagging", "Microphone", "Capturing method", "Data storage" can be set. Other "Video camera setting" (P.190) are not supported by Front video camera.- The settings take over the video settings set at the time when switching ("Video resolution" is changed to "VGA").Adjusting Exposure value1On the recording screen, tap  , then [Exposure value].2Tap or drag the bar to adjust the exposure value.Recording videos
191Applications1From the Home screen, tap   and [Camera].・Tap   on the photo/video switch icon (P.178) to display the video recording screen.2On the shooting screen, tap  , then tap item to set.・Several setting icons are displayed on the shooting screen in advance. The displayed setting icons change depending on the setting conditions.・For setting items and icons, see "Video camera setting" (P.190).3Tap an option in the selected setting.・If you change setting options, icons displayed on the shooting screen change to the set items.❖Information・On the recording screen, tap   to display setting items. Touch and hold an item and then drag it to the area where setting item icons are displayed to replace icons on the recording screen.・To delete a setting item icon displayed on the recording screen, touch and hold an icon and drag it to   displayed in the center of the screen.・Capturing mode icons and setting icons (P.178) cannot be replaced or deleted.Video camera settingChanging the recording settingsItem Icon DescriptionScenesUse Scenes to quickly set up the camera for various scene conditions. Off Adjust color shade or brightness automatically. Portrait Settings are optimized to give brighter and warmer skin tones. LandscapeShoot landscape depicting trees with vivid color and focusing on distant objects. Night Suitable for dark places. Beach and snowReconstruct beach and snowy scene brightly and vividly. Sports To record fast-moving object, shorten exposure time to minimize motion blurring. Party Shoot an indoor picture creating good atmosphere of indoor lighting.
192ApplicationsVideo resolution Full HD Full wide HD format with 16:9 aspect ratio. 1920×1080 pixels Use when "Capturing mode" is set to "Video camera". HD 720pHD format with 16:9 aspect ratio. 1280×720 pixels Use when "Capturing mode" is set to "Video camera". VGA VGA format with 4:3 aspect ratio. 640×480 pixelsQVGA VGA format with 4:3 aspect ratio. 320×240 pixels Use when "Capturing mode" is set to "Front video camera".Photo lightUse the photo light to record when lighting conditions are poor or in backlight. On The photo light turns on. Off The photo light does not turn on. Sometimes the video quality can be better without a photo light, even if lighting conditions are poor. Recording a good video without using the photo light requires a steady hand.Item Icon DescriptionSelf-timerUse it to record group videos where everyone can be in the video. On (10 sec.)Start recording 10 seconds after tapping. On (2 sec.)Start recording 2 seconds after tapping. Off Start recording when tapping.Focus mode Single autofocusThe camera automatically focuses on the subject. Face detectionP. 1 8 0Exposure valueP. 1 8 9White balanceThe white balance setting adjusts the color balance according to the light source. Auto Adjust the color balance automatically to the light source. IncandescentAdjust the color balance for lighting like incandescent bulb. FluorescentAdjust the color balance for lighting like fluorescent. Daylight Adjust the color balance for a sunny place. Cloudy Adjust the color balance for a cloudy sky or shaded area.Item Icon Description
193ApplicationsMeteringMeasure the brightness on the shooting screen to determine a well-balanced exposure automatically. Center Put emphasis at the center of the shooting screen and measure photometry at whole view finder to adjust the exposure. Average Adjust the exposure based on the brightness of the whole shooting screen. Spot Measure photometry only at the center of the shooting screen to adjust the exposure.Image stabilizerCompensate for movements of the camera while recording a video. On Reduce blur. Off The stabilizer is not used.Item Icon DescriptionGeotaggingTag videos location information for the shooting spot.Enable "Enabling Wireless networks to find position" (P.209) or "Enabling GPS function" (P.209) in the location information service to add Geotag. For details on location information, see "Location services" (P.207).・Geotag (location information) enables to specify the shooting spot of the video. On Location information is added to the shot video. Off Shooting location cannot be viewed on a map.MicrophoneSelect whether to pick up the surrounding sound when recording videos. On Pick up the surrounding sound when recording videos. Off Do not pick up the surrounding sound when recording videos.Capturing methodSet the shooting method.On-screen buttonSet to start/stop recording videos by tapping the record starting/stopping icon. Touch captureSet to start/stop recording by tapping the shooting screen.Item Icon Description
194Applications❖Note・Some settings cannot be used in combination with one another.Photos or videos that you took with the terminal or multimedia contents (music, photos, videos, etc.) saved in the internal storage or microSD card are viewed/played in "Media Player", "WALKMAN", "Albums", etc.The terminal can play the following multimedia contents:Data storageSet the saving location for recorded videos. Internal storageSave recorded videos in the internal storage. SD card Save recorded videos in a microSD card.Item Icon DescriptionPlaying multimedia contentType File formatSoundWAV (PCM, G.711) (.wav), AAC (.3gp, .m4a, .mp4), AAC+ (.3gp, .m4a, .mp4), eAAC+ (.3gp, .m4a, .mp4), MP3 (.mp3), AMR-NB (.3gp), AMR-WB (.3gp), MIDI (SP-MIDI/GM/GML (.mid), XMF (.xmf ), Mobile XMF 1.0 (.mxmf ), RTTTL/RTX (.rtttl, .rtx), OTA (.ota), iMelody (.imy)), Ogg Vorbis (.ogg), FLAC (.flac), PIFF (.isma)Still imageJPEG (.jpeg, .jpg), GIF (.gif ), PNG (.png), BMP (.bmp), WEBP (.webp)VideoH263 (.3gp, .mp4), H264 AVC (.3gp, .mp4), MPEG-4 SP (.3gp), VP8 (.webm, .mkv), Xvid (.avi), Quicktime (.mov), PIFF (.ismv)
195ApplicationsAvoid copyright infringements when you handle photos, videos, or sound recorded using the terminal, e.g. copy/edit. In addition, avoid rights infringements of portraits by using these photos without consent, altering them or by other means. Note that capturing or recording a stage performance, entertainment or exhibition may be prohibited even if for personal use.Please be considerate of the privacy of individuals around you when taking and sending photos using camera-equipped mobile phones.1Connect the plug of Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample) to headset connector of the terminal.・Check the connecting direction to connect correctly. Wrong connection may cause damage.❖Information・When you listen to Media Player/WALKMAN/FM radio with Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample) connecting to the terminal, you can switch on/off by pressing the switch of Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample). However, operation may differ depending on the conditions of use.・When using the supplied 1Seg antenna cable, connect Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample) with the 1Seg antenna cable, then connect with the terminal. (P.167)Copyright protected content Using Stereo Headset with Microphone
196ApplicationsWhen you do not watch 1Seg, Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample) can be used without the 1Seg antenna cable.・If receiving a call when using Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample), music or 1Seg program stops, and the ringtone sounds.- If receiving a call when using Media Player, playing music resumes by tapping the play key on the Media Player screen after the call ends.- If receiving a call when using WALKMAN, playing music resumes when the call ends.- If receiving a call while watching 1Seg program, 1Seg program restarts by displaying 1Seg screen after call.・If you connect a commercially available earphone set, sound may not be output depending on the earphone set.Images, photos and videos you took can be viewed and played. Also, use Media Go to transfer content to the terminal and to take content from an external device. For details, refer to "Using microUSB cable" (P.149).1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Album].・A list of pictures appears.❖Information・Depending on the number of saved images, it may take some times to load images.AlbumViewing photo/video
197Applications■ Album screenaPictures tab・Pictures are displayed in a list separated by months.bMaps tab・Geotagging images appear on a map.cShow album listdView optional menueOnline tab・Images in albums in synchronized online services.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Album].・A list of pictures appears.2Tap a photo.・The photo is played.・Tap the screen to display information such as shooting date, option menu icons, etc.■ Still picture viewing screenaMy location info(location information)・For geotagged images, tap to view map.bShooting date and timecBack to the image listdView share menueDelete imagefView optional menu❖Information・ appears on an image shot with 3D Sweep Panorama/Sweep Multi Angle. Tap it to play or pause the image.・Photos shot with 3D Sweep Panorama cannot be displayed in 3D on the terminal. View them with a 3D compatible monitor using a microSD card etc.・Photos shot with Sweep Multi Angle can be viewed three-dimensionally by tilting the terminal left and right.・Pinch-out/in on the photo viewing screen to zoom in/out image.・The items vary depending on the selected file.Viewing photosabec dbac d e f
198Applications1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Album].・A list of pictures appears.   icon is displayed on the video files.2Tap a video and tap  .・Video is played.Sharing image filesYou can share image files by attaching to Gmail or Email, uploading to Picasa or Google+, or sending to other devices via Bluetooth or infrared communication.1Tap an image file to share in the Album screen.2Tap the screen and  .・Menu for sharing image file appears.・Tap [See all...] to display all share menus.3Select sharing method for image file.・After this step, follow the onscreen instructions.・The items vary depending on the selected file.・Some items cannot be operated in some image files.❖Information・On the image file list screen, tap  , tap [Select items], then select image file to operate. You can operate several files as a group. Tap [Infrared] to show infrared communication guide. Tap [OK] to start sending. For details on infrared communication, see "Using infrared communication" (P.153).・Tap [Play on device] to display the connection device selection screen (if you do not connect Wi-Fi network in advance, tap [Settings] to display the setting screen for Wireless & networks). Select a device detected on the connection device selection screen, and tap the device name to play on to share a file between a DLNA device and the terminal.・For shared files, file size and the file type are not particularly limited, but may be limited by the application to transfer. DRM content cannot be shared.Playing videoOperating image files
199ApplicationsDeleting image files1On the photo viewing screen/video playing screen, tap the screen and tap u[OK].・Image file is deleted.❖Information・On the image file list screen, tap  , tap [Select items], then select image file to delete. You can delete several files as a group. Using optional menuView slideshow, edit image, set image to phonebook entry or as wallpaper, check shooting date and time, etc.1On the photo viewing screen/video playing screen, tap the screen and tap  .2From the displayed menu, select item you want to use.・The items vary depending on the selected file.・Some items cannot be operated in some image files.YouTube is a free online video streaming service. You can play, search for and upload videos.・A packet communication charge is applied when downloading or uploading video content using mobile networks.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [YouTube].・YouTube video list screen appears.・You can tap [BROWSE] to select video from each category.2Tap a video to play it.・Tap the screen to display the play control keys which you can switch Play/Pause.・Double-tap the screen to switch landscape/portrait.・In landscape, drag the marker on the progress bar at the bottom of the play screen left or right to change playing point.・Tap x to stop playing and return to the video list screen.・To quit YouTube, tap y.YouTub ePlaying YouTube video
200Applications❖Information・For movies with caption function which can display subtitles, "CC" appears on the playback screen in the landscape mode. Tap [CC] to set the caption function.1While playing a video, double-tap the screen to switch to the landscape screen.2Tap the screen to display the play control keys, then tap [HD]/[HQ].❖Information・A video plays in high quality when Wi-Fi is connected.・On the YouTube screen, tap  , then tap [Settings]u[General] then mark [High quality on mobile] checkbox to always play video in high quality even when mobile network is connected.1Tap .2Enter the search keyword.3Tap the displayed candidates list or .4Flick the result up and down and tap a video you want to play.1Tap   and tap [Settings]u[Search].2[Clear search history]uTap [OK].Playing YouTube videos in high qualitySearching for a video with keywordsDeleting search history
201ApplicationsThis terminal supports MHL connection. Using commercially available HDMI adapter etc., you can connect the terminal to an HDMI compatible TV. Connect to a TV to display photos and videos on the TV screen.1Connect the terminal with the Home screen or Application screen displayed to a TV using HDMI adapter.■When the Home screen is displayed・Activate TV launcher automatically.■When the Applications screen is displayed・,   appears on the status bar. Also, drag the status bar downwards and tap [TV launcher] to activate TV launcher.2Switch TV to HDMI input mode.・The screen of the terminal is shown on the TV screen.3Flick an icon left or right to select application you want to use.❖Information・While MHL is connected, drag the status bar downwards and tap [MHL connected] to make output settings etc.・On the TV launcher screen, select an album art in WALKMAN at the upper left to display WALKMAN screen.・On the TV launcher screen, select [Home] to display the Home screen of the terminal.・On the TV launcher screen, select [Add] or tap u[Add] and select the desired shortcut to add to the TV launcher screen.・On the TV launcher screen, tap u[Rearrange] to rearrange shortcuts on the TV launcher screen.・On the TV launcher screen, tap u[Delete] to delete shortcuts on the TV launcher screen.・Removing the terminal severs connection, however, TV may remain to HDMI input mode. Follow the instructions on the TV to switch to digital terrestrial television mode, etc.・When you do not use MHL connection, remove the HDMI adapter and cancel MHL connection. If the HDMI cable remains connected, the battery may be consumed quickly.Connecting the terminal to TV to watch photos and videosConnecting to TV to activate an application by TV launcher
202ApplicationsPlay back videos and music stored on a microSD card using Media Player.・For information on how to copy music and video data from a PC, see "Using microUSB cable" (P.149).・For information on file formats of playable data, see "Playing multimedia content" (P.193).1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Media Player].・A song list in Media Player appears.■ Media Player screen.aSongs/Artists/Albums tab・Switch display setting for song list.bView optional menucMovie tab・Show a video list.dStore tab・Activate dmarket.❖Information・You can change names of "Songs", "Artists" and "Albums" tabs. To change names, tap   and tap [Settings]uTap [Arrange icons], touch and hold an icon to change its name then drag to any of [Songs]/[Artists]/[Albums] then tap [Apply].1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Media Player].・A song list appears.・Tap [Songs]/[Artists]/[Albums] to change order of the song list.・Tap [Movie] to display video list.2Tap a song or video.・The playback screen appears to start playback.❖Information・If you reset the terminal (P.146), contents protected by Digital Rights Management (DRM) cannot be played.Media PlayerActivating Media PlayerabcdPlaying music/video
203Applications■ Music playback screenaBack to song listbPlayback point・Appears when album art is tapped.cView optional menudAlbum arteShow track informationfRepeat OFF/Repeat ON/1 track repeatgShuffle OFF/Shuffle ONhGo back to the beginning of the track or to the previous track/Play or pause/Skip to the next trackiVolume control・Alternatively, press m during playback to adjust volume.■ Video playback screenaBack to video listbPlayback pointcView optional menudShow video informationeAuto-rotate screen ON/OFF・Tap   to turn red and disable Auto-rotate screen.fGo back to the beginning of the video or to the previous video/Play or pause/Skip to the next videogVolume control・Alternatively, press m during playback to adjust volume.❖Information・While in landscape mode, tap the screen to display option menu icons etc.acgefdibhbaeeefcdg
204ApplicationsYou can play back songs in the order you decided using playlist.Creating a playlist1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Media Player].・A song list appears.2Tap [Play list].・If playlists are not displayed, tap   and tap [Settings]u[Arrange icons], and then touch and hold [Play list] to drag to any of [Songs]/[Artists]/[Albums] then tap [Apply]3Tap [Create new] and enter the access point name and tap [OK].4Tap [Add songs to playlist] and select songs you want to add.・You can also select songs from "Artists" and "Albums".・ on the selected song turns red and the song is added to Play list by each tap.5Tap [Apply]u[Save]u[OK].Editing songs in playlist1Tap [Play list] on the songs screen, then select a playlist to edit and tap [Edit].・Playlist editing screen appears.■Changing order of the songsDrag up and down   in song to change order and tap [Save]u[OK].■Deleting songs from playlistTap a track to delete and tap [Save]u[OK].Deleting playlist1Tap [Play list] and tap [Edit].2Tap a playlist you want to delete.3Tap [Save]u[OK].・"Recently added songs", "Recently played songs", and "Most played songs" playlists cannot be deleted.Play list
205ApplicationsTimescape™ (hereinafter referred to as Timescape) displays various information such as Facebook, Foursquare, Twitter or mixi updates, etc. in chronological order. You can see a tile preview of events before choosing to view the full content. With   (infinite button), you can view all communication information related to the registered contacts.(P. 2 0 6)❖Information・To make best use of Timescape, you can set up your social networking service (SNS) account.・Note that, you cannot view emails of Gmail or other Email application accounts in Timescape.・If you do not have a Facebook account, you can create a new account at http://www.facebook.com/.・If you do not have a Foursquare account, you can create a new account at https://foursquare.com/.・If you do not have a Twitter account, you can create a new account at http://www.twitter.com/.・If you do not have a mixi account, you can create a new account at http://mixi.jp/ (in Japanese only).・You can check the update of set Facebook, Foursquare, Twitter or mixi by Timescape.・The first time you start Timescape, a setup wizard will guide you the necessary steps to set up account.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Timescape™].2Tap a tile.3If you want, enter your Facebook/Foursquare/Twitter/mixi account information.4Tap [Done].❖Information・In the setup wizard, tap [Extension search] on the account registration screen to connect to Google Play and search new services for Timescape.・After completion of setup wizard, you can change the settings. On the Timescape screen, tap   and tap [Settings]u[Set up services].・If the automatic update of Facebook/Foursquare/Twitter/mixi is set, you can check information update sooner; however, the battery runs out quickly. To save the battery, set to manual update.Timescape™Setting up Timescape
206ApplicationsaView optional menubLatest comment・Display the latest comments posted to Facebook/Foursquare/Twitter/mixi.cTile・Display various information such as Facebook, Foursquare, Twitter or mixi friends updates in chronological order.dFilter・Tap a filter icon to narrow the information down to a certain type.・Display order of filters may differ.Previewing tiles in TimescapeSelect a tile to view the content on the tile.1Flick a tile up and left to display a tile to check.Displaying tiles by serviceApply filters to narrow tiles to display by service.1Tap the filter icons on the Timescape screen.Refreshing the Timescape screenWhen you refresh the Timescape screen, the terminal connects to the Internet to update information from your Facebook, Foursquare, Twitter and mixi whose accounts are set in Timescape.1On the Timescape screen, tap   and tap [Refresh].Timescape screenbdcaFilter Icon Displayed tileAll tilesUpdates from your Facebook contactsUpdates from your Foursquare contactsUpdates from your Twitter contactsUpdates from your mixi contacts
207ApplicationsPosting to Facebook, Foursquare, Twitter, mixi from Timescape1On the Timescape screen, tap   and tap [Update status].2Mark the service you want to post and tap [Continue].3Enter the text and tap [Post].The following icons on a tile indicate a type of event.Displaying detailed information for a tile1Flick a tile up and left to display a tile to check.2Tap a tile.・A detailed information screen appears for the tile.When you tap a tile,   (infinite button) may appear in the upper right corner. By tapping , you can view the communication log by registered information in the contacts or tile filter event.Viewing the registered information of contacts in Timescape1On the Timescape screen, tap a tile.2Tap .・Communication logs and information related to the selected tile by event appear. Flick the filter at the bottom of the screen to switch displayed information.Tile iconsIcon EventA Facebook update. Tap the tile to display the update.A Foursquare update. Tap the tile to display the update.A Twitter update. Tap the tile to display the update.A mixi update. Tap the tile to display the update.The infinite button in Timescape
208ApplicationsDisplaying the Timescape setting screen1On the Timescape screen, tap   and tap [Settings].・You can set the following operations.There are two ways to find your location, using Mobile networks with Wi-Fi (Wireless network) or GPS. Wireless network technology determines your position fast but accuracy may vary. If you use GPS technology it may take a little longer, but it will find your exact position. You can enable both Wireless network and GPS to benefit from both technologies when trying to find your position.The terminal has a GPS receiver that uses satellite signals to calculate your location. Some GPS features use the Internet. Data rates and charges may apply.When you use functions that require the GPS receiver to find your location, make sure you have a clear view of the sky. If the GPS receiver does not find your location after a few minutes, you should move to another location. To help the search, stand still and do not cover the Xi/GPS/Wi-Fi/Bluetooth antenna (P.22). The first time you use the GPS it may take up to 10 minutes before your location is found.Timescape settingsUpdate modeSet your Facebook/Foursquare/Twitter/mixi account information to be updated manually/automatically when Timescape is activated.Timescape™ contentChange a content type displayed in Timescape.Set up servicesSet Facebook/Foursquare/Twitter/mixi account or search new service of Timescape.Location servicesGPS function
209Applications・Use the GPS system with great care. DOCOMO is not liable for any damage caused by abnormality of the system.・Note that DOCOMO shall have no liabilities for any purely economic loss including those due to missing a chance to check the measurement (communication) results because of external factors (including the running out of the battery), such as a failure, malfunction, or any other problems of the terminal or the power failure.・You cannot use the terminal as a navigation device for an aircraft, vehicle, and person. Note that DOCOMO shall have no liabilities whatsoever even if you suffer damage or loss while performing a navigation using the location information.・You cannot use the terminal as a high-accuracy measurement GPS. Note that DOCOMO shall have no liabilities whatsoever even if you suffer damage or loss due to a deviation of the location information.・The GPS signals cannot be easily received near a vehicle's sun visor with metal parts.・GPS is operated by the U.S. Department of Defense. The department controls the accuracy of the system, and manages the system. Therefore, GPS radio wave condition may be controlled (degradation of accuracy, suspension of radio wave transmission, etc.) at the discretion of the U.S. Department of Defense.・Some wireless communications products (mobile phone, data detectors and some others) block satellite signals and also causes instability of signal reception.・Some map displays based on location information (latitude/longitude information) may be not accurate due to some countries' or regions' regulations.■ Where radio waves are difficult to receiveNote that radio waves may not be received or it may be difficult to receive radio waves in the following conditions, since GPS uses radio waves from a satellite.・Inside or immediately under a building・Inside a bag or box・Inside or under a thick covering of trees・In a car, inside a train compartment・When there are obstructions (people or objects) near the terminal・Inside a basement or tunnel, and below the ground or water・In buildings-clustered or residential area・Near a high-voltage cable・Bad weather such as heavy rain or snow
210Applications❖Note・If some of the GPS functions are not available, or if none of them are, check that your contract includes the use of the Internet, and see "Wireless & networks" (P.112).・NTT DOCOMO is not liable for navigation services or for the accuracy of location services.Enabling GPS function1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings].2Tap [Location services].3Tap [GPS satellites].4Read the note and tap [Agree].・[GPS satellites] checkbox is marked.Enabling Wireless networks to find position・Enable to search a current location using mobile network and Wi-Fi.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings].2Tap [Location services].3Tap [Google's location service].4Read the note and tap [Agree].5Read the note on location information and tap [Agree].・[Google's location service] checkbox is marked.・Wireless network users' location information is stored without specifying who they are. Some location information is stored even when the application is not running.The Google Maps application lets you view your current location, find other locations and calculate routes. When you start the Google Maps application, your approximate location is shown using information from nearby mobile towers. Your location is updated with a more precise position when the GPS receiver finds your location.❖Information・Make sure to enable the location information service setting before trying to get your position.・To use Google Maps, enable data connection (LTE/3G/GPRS) or connect to Wi-Fi.・Google Maps does not cover the whole world.・Only using LTE/3G/Wi-Fi connection may not detect some locations.・Google may provide updated service or function.Using Google Maps
211Applications1From the Home screen, tap  .2Tap [Maps].・If a message appears, tap [OK].・A map screen appears.Finding the current location on the map1On the map screen, tap  .・The blinking blue arrow shows the current location.・If you tap  , the terminal's geomagnetic compass links the direction displayed on the map.Viewing Street View・Street View does not cover some areas.1Touch and hold a spot on the map that you are going to look at in Street View.2Tap the displayed call-out.3Tap   (Street View)u[OK].・On the Street View display, tap   and tap [Compass mode]. The compass in Street View shows the same direction as the terminal's geomagnetic compass.・Uncovered area for Street View appears in light gray.Searching for a location you want to look at1On the map screen, tap  .2Fill out the search box.・You can enter addresses, city names, business types and institution names (for example, London and art museum).・If a list of places searched or referred previously appears on the screen, tap an address, etc. on the list to check the location on the map.3Tap .・Search result appears on the map.・If "RESULTS LIST" appears, tap [RESULTS LIST] to select the place to view.・When "Did you mean:" appears on the map, you can tap [Did you mean:] to select the place to view.4Tap a destination.・A detailed information screen appears.❖Information・On the detailed information screen, you can check the route or phone number for the searched location. The items displayed vary depending on the location.・On the map screen, tap   to select a category such as "Restaurants", "Cafes" and show it on the map.
212ApplicationsZooming in or out on a map1Pinch out or in.❖Information・Alternatively, double-tap the screen to zoom in.Changing the layersYou can select information to overlay on the map.1On the map screen, tap  .2Tap the information you want to view.・Traffic information and routes are not available in all locations.Receiving guidesGoogle Maps helps you receive detailed guides for your destination.1On the map screen, tap  .2Enter a start point in the upper entry field, and an end point in the lower entry field.・Alternatively, tap   at the right of the text box to select a Start point and End point from [My current location]/[Contacts]/[Point on map]/[My Places].3Select a transportation from   (Driving)/  (Transit)/  (Walking).4Tap [GET DIRECTIONS].■Going by car/on footDirection is shown on a map.■Going by public transportTrip list appears. Tap a trip to view details.❖Information・The "Navigation" application is displayed if you tap . With "Navigation" application, you can use easy route search with My Location as Start point.TrafficShow traffic condition.SatelliteDisplay satellite photo.TerrainDisplay geological formation.Transit LinesShow route information.LatitudeJoin Latitude.My MapsView My Maps that you create on a PC. Only viewing : You cannot create My Maps on the terminal.WikipediaDisplay .Tap   to display a Wikipedia article related to the location.
213ApplicationsClearing the MapsClear displayed layers, route search results and some others.1On the map screen, tap   and tap [Clear Map].・If there is nothing to clear, "Clear Map" is displayed in light gray.Google Latitude enables you to share location information with your friends on the map.You need to set up a Google account (P.134) and join Latitude and invite a friend who gives his or her location information, or to receive an invitation from him or her.Joining Latitude1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Latitude].・If My Location function is disabled, a message appears. Tap [Settings], then enable the function of "Enabling Wireless networks to find position" (P.209) or "Enabling GPS function" (P.209).2Tap [MAP VIEW].❖Information・To set or log out from Latitude, tap   on the map screen, then tap [Settings]u[Location settings] to display a screen for the operation.・For details of Latitude, tap   on the map screen, then tap [Help] to view the mobile help.Checking where a friend is by Google Latitude
214ApplicationsThe terminal has a built-in calendar for the schedule. If you have a Google account, you can synchronize the terminal's calendar and web calendar. See "Accounts & sync" (P.134).・When you register Google account, tap the Google account displayed in "Accounts & sync" and a sync item "Sync Calendar". You can create schedule etc.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Calendar].2Tap [Month]/[Week]/[Day] to select.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Calendar].2Tap   at the upper right.3Enter a schedule name, date, and time.4If you have two or more calendar accounts, select one.5If necessary, select the repetition intervals of the calendar.6Select the notification intervals of the schedule.・Tap   to add a new notification into the schedule.7Enter a place and some others of schedule.8Tap [Save].❖Information・Tap   in "More" and flick the screen to set "Time zone", "Guests (Email addresses)", "Show me as:", and "Privacy".CalendarSetting the calendar viewCreating a schedule in Calendar
215ApplicationsViewing schedule in Calendar1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Calendar].・Flick the calendar left or right to display the next or previous month/week/day according to the view mode.・Tap   to display date and time set on the terminal.・Pinch out/in on the weekly or daily schedule screen to zoom in/out calendar.2Tap a schedule you want to display.❖Information・While the Calendar is displayed, tap   and [My calendars] to synchronize with the docomo account. You can view the events created in "Schedule" application in the Calendar.・If you log in to Facebook, tap [Sync Calendar] in the "Facebook inside Xperia™" (P.136) to display events in Facebook in the Calendar.1If a reminder icon ( ) appears in the status bar, drag the bar downward.・The notification panel opens.・The reminder icon appears at set Notification time.2Tap a schedule.3Tap [Snooze all] or [Dismiss all].・If you have any schedules on hold, they appear on the same screen.・If you tap [Snooze all], all the alarms sound again 5 minutes later.(Snooze is a function that sounds the alarm some time later even though you stop it.)1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Calendar].2Tap  and [Search].3Enter a keyword in the search box and tap  .・Search results appear. Tap an event to view details.Releasing the reminder of a schedule or setting the snoozeSearching events in Calendar
216ApplicationsSet Calendar view, reminder notifications, ringtone, vibration, reminder time.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Calendar].2Tap   and tap [Settings].3Select an item to change.With "Alarm & clock" application, you can set an alarm and use world clock, stopwatch and timer.1From the Home screen, tap  .2Tap [Alarm & clock].aClock display・Tap to view date and time (P.146) setting screen.bAdd alarmcAlarms setdDisplay clock in full screeneView alarm screenfView world clockgView stop watchhView timeriDelete set alarmChanging calendar settingsAlarm & clockadbceif g h
217Applications1From the Home screen, tap  , then [Alarm & clock].・The alarm list screen appears.2Tap [Add alarm].・An alarm setting screen appears. You can set the following items.・Tap [Advanced alarm settings] to view all setting items.3Tap [Done].・Return to the alarms list screen.❖Information・To switch on/off alarm, from the alarm list screen, tap  or touch and hold an alarm that is set, then tap [Turn alarm on]/[Turn alarm off ].・When an alarm is turned on, the line under   lights blue.Deleting the alarm1On the alarm list screen, tap   and mark alarm to delete.2Tap [Delete]u[Yes].・The number of marked alarms appears on the "Delete" button.❖Information・Alternatively, on the alarm list screen, touch and hold an alarm you want to delete, then tap [Delete alarm]u[Yes] to delete the alarm.Setting alarmTimeSet time.RepeatSet a day of the week for the alarm.Alarm soundSet alarm sound.Snooze durationSet time interval to sound the ringtone again after stopping the ringtone.Alarm textEnter texts that appear while alarm is sounding.Style settingsMark the checkbox to display an image while alarm is sounding.VibrateMark to vibrate at the alarm time.Alarm volumeDrag the slider left or right to adjust the level.Alarm in silent modeMark to sound alarm even in silent mode.Side keys behaviorSelect an effect when pressing m while alarm is sounding.Auto silent timeSet time interval until alarm automatically stops.
218ApplicationsStopping an alarm while the alarm is sounding1While alarm is sounding, touch and hold   and drag it to the right.❖Information・If you tap [Snooze], the alarm sounds again when the time set in "Snooze duration" (P.216) has passed.Display the date and time in cities around the world.1From the Home screen, tap  , then [Alarm & clock].2Tap [World clock].・The list screen of the world clock appears.3Tap [Add city].4Select a city.❖Information・Tap   to display date and time set on the terminal in full screen.・Add a city and tap  , then flick the list of added cities left and right to check date and time corresponding to the terminal's settings.Changing World clockYou can switch, sort or delete Celsius/Fahrenheit displayed on World clock.1On the world clock list screen, tap .■Setting home cityTap [Set home city] and select a city.■Switching Celsius/FahrenheitTap [Celsius]/[Fahrenheit].・Switch Celsius/Fahrenheit.■SortingTap [Rearrange]uDrag   of the date in the world clock up and downuTap [Done].■DeletingTap [Delete]uMark world clock checkbox you want to deleteuTap [Delete]u[Yes].・The number of marked cities appears on the [Delete] button.・Alternatively, on the world clock list screen, touch and hold a city you want to delete, then tap [Delete city]u[Yes] to delete.Using World clock
219Applications1From the Home screen, tap  , then [Alarm & clock].2Tap [Stopwatch].3Tap [Start].・Measurement starts and   appears in the status bar.・Tap [Lap] to measure elapsed time.4Tap [Stop].・Tap [Start] to resume measuring.・Tap [Reset] to delete measured time and lap time.❖Information・Tap   to display date and time set on the terminal in full screen.1From the Home screen, tap  , then [Alarm & clock].2Tap [Timer].・Time screen appears.3Tap [Set time].4Flick number up and down to adjust the time and then tap [Set].5Tap [Start].・Timer starts, and   appears in the status bar.6Tap [Stop].・Stop sounding alarm after a set time has elapsed.・Tap [Stop] within a set time duration to pause timer. Tap [Start] to resume timer.❖Information・Tap   to display date and time set on the terminal in full screen.・Tap   to set time from Timer history.・Tap uSelect an alarm sounduTap [Done] to change the alarm sound.Using Stopwatch Using Timer
220ApplicationsMove or back up data such as phonebook entries, sp-mode mails, bookmarks, etc. using external memory such as microSD card.・Do not remove the battery pack or microUSB card during backup or restoring. Doing so may damage the terminal data.・If the battery is low, backup or restore may not be done. In that case, charge the terminal and retry to back up or restore.・docomo apps password is required to back up or restore. For details on docomo apps password, see "docomo apps password" (P.134).❖Information・For details of SD card backup, tap  , then tap [Help] to view the help.If microSD card is not installed, data such as images and movies are saved to the internal storage. You can back up only data such as images and movies stored in the internal storage. Data stored in microSD card cannot be backed up.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [SD card backup].・When you use for the first time, agree to "License agreement".2Tap [Back up].3Mark checkboxes for data to back up.・Tap [Select all] to mark all checkboxes.4Tap [Start backup]u[OK].5Enter docomo apps password and tap [OK].・Data is backed up in a microSD card.SD card backupBacking up
221Applications1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [SD card backup].・When you use for the first time, agree to "License agreement".2Tap [Restore].3Tap [Select] on data type, mark checkboxes for data to restore, and tap [Select].・Tap [Select latest data] to select the latest data for each data type.4Tap [Add]/[Overwrite] to select restore method and tap [Start restore]u[OK].5Enter docomo apps password and tap [OK].・Backed up data is restored.You can copy contacts data registered in Google account and in the terminal to docomo account.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [SD card backup].・When you use for the first time, agree to "License agreement".2Tap [Phonebook account copy], tap [Select] on phonebook contacts you want to copy.3Tap [Overwrite]/[Add].・Phonebook data is copied to docomo account.❖Information・If phonebook item names (e.g. Phone number, etc.) of the other terminal are different from ones of your terminal, the item names may be changed or deleted. Also, some text may be deleted in copied destination, because savable characters in a phonebook entry vary by terminal.・When backing up phonebook entries to microSD card, data without Name cannot be copied.・If microSD card is low on memory, backup may not be done. In that case, delete unnecessary files to make available space.Restoring Copying phonebook entries registered in Google account to docomo account
222ApplicationsWith OfficeSuite, you can view files of Word, Excel, etc. from the terminal or a microSD card.❖Information・Some files may not be viewed properly due to corrupted layouts.1From the Home screen, tap  .2Tap [OfficeSuite].・OfficeSuite starts.❖Information・When you activate for the first time, a screen for register name etc. appears. Select [Register later] or [Register now].OfficeSuiteStarting OfficeSuite
223International roamingInternational roamingWith the international roaming (WORLD WING), you can use the terminal without changing phone number or mail address in the service area of the overseas network operator affiliated with DOCOMO. You do not need to change the settings of call and SMS.■ Supporting networksThe terminal is Class 4. The terminal works in a 3G roaming area and GSM/GPRS service area. Services are also available in countries and areas supporting 3G 850MHz/GSM 850MHz. Check available areas. Use 3G network or GSM/GPRS network overseas because Xi is not available overseas.■ Before using the terminal overseas, refer to the followings.・"Mobile Phone User's Guide [International Services]"・DOCOMO International Services website❖Information・For Country codes, International call access codes, Universal number international prefix, supported countries/areas and network operators, refer to "Mobile Phone User's Guide [International Services]" or DOCOMO International Services Website.* To use data communication during roaming, mark [Data roaming] checkbox in Mobile network settings. (P.226)❖Information・Some services are not available depending on the overseas network operator or network.Overview of International roaming (WORLD WING)Available ServicesMain communication services 3G 3G850 GSM (GPRS)Phone○○○Message (SMS)○○○Email*○○○Browser*○○○
224International roamingTo use the terminal overseas, check the following in Japan.■ Subscription・Check if you subscribe WORLD WING. For details, contact "General Inquiries" on the last page of this manual.■ Charging・For AC adapter for charging overseas travel, use AC Adapter 03 (optional).■ Usage charge・Overseas usage charges (call and packet communication) differ from those in Japan.・Some applications automatically perform packet communications. Your packet communication charges may be higher. For operation details of each application, please contact the application provider.Network service settingsIf you subscribe to network services, you can use network services such as Voice Mail Service, Call Forwarding Service, Caller ID Notification Service, etc., even overseas. However, some network services cannot be used.・To use network services overseas, you need to set "Remote access" to activate. You can set "Remote access" in the country you stay. (P.230)・Even if the setting/canceling operation is available, some network services cannot be used depending on overseas network operators.Before usingBefore leaving JapanAdvance preparation
225International roamingWhen you arrive overseas and turn on the terminal, an available network is automatically set.ConnectivityWhen you have set search mode of "Available networks" to "Automatic"  in "Service providers" settings, optimized network is automatically selected.When you connect to the network operator conducted in flat-rate service, you can use the service with flat-rate packet communication charges overseas up to the specified upper limit per day. To use this service, subscription of packet flat-rate service in Japan is required. For details, refer to "Mobile Phone User's Guide [International Services]" or DOCOMO International Services Website.DisplayDuring international roaming,   appears on the status bar.・You can confirm the name of the connected network operator on the Notification panel.❖Note・While   appears on the status bar, packet communication is available. Note that packet communication fee may become high.Date & time settingsWhen "Automatic date & time", "Automatic time zone" in "Date & time" are marked, the date, time and time differences of the terminal clock are corrected by receiving the information related to time and time differences from the network of overseas network operator you connect to. ・Correction of the time/time differences may not be performed correctly depending on the network of overseas network operator. In that case, set time zone manually.・Timing of correction varies by the overseas network operator.・Date & time (P.146)About inquiries・For loss or theft of the terminal or UIM/docomo mini UIM card, immediately contact DOCOMO from the spot to take the necessary steps for suspending the use. For inquiries, see the last page of this manual. Note that you are still liable for the call and communication charge incurred after the loss or theft occurred.・For using from land-line phone, entering "International call access code" or "Universal number international prefix" for the country is needed.After arriving overseas
226International roamingAfter returning to JapanWhen you return to Japan, the terminal is connected to DOCOMO network automatically. If connection is failed, perform the following operations.・Set "Network Mode" to "LTE (preferred)/WCDMA/GSM". (P.226)・Set "Search mode" to "Automatic" in "Service providers" settings. (P.225)When you start the international roaming or move out of your operator's network, you need to reconnect the terminal to another available network.❖Information・Some applications automatically perform packet communications. To disconnect packet communication manually, from the Home screen, tap   and Tap [Settings]u[More...]u[Mobile networks]u[Data enabled] to unmark.Confirming and switching the network search modeBy default, network search mode is set to "Automatic". When you connect manually to an overseas network operator conducted in flat-rate service, confirm the search mode with the following operations and switch to "Manual".1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap  .2Tap [Call settings]u[Service providers].3Tap [Search mode]u[Manual].4From "AVAILABLE NETWORKS", tap a network to mark.・To display available networks, tap [Search networks].❖Information・If you set a network manually, the terminal is not reconnected to another network automatically even if you move out of the network area.・To return to "Automatic", tap [Automatic] in Step 3.Making setting for international use
227International roamingChanging network mode settingsYou can change network mode settings according to the network mode (communication method) adopted by the overseas network operator.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings].2Tap [More...]u[Mobile networks]u[Network Mode].3Select a network mode you use.・You can select from [LTE/WCDMA], [GSM only] and [LTE (preferred)/WCDMA/GSM]. If you select [LTE (preferred)/WCDMA/GSM] to switch available network automatically.Activating data roaming1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Settings].2Tap [More...]u[Mobile networks].3Tap [Data roaming].4Read the cautions displayed, tap [Yes].・[Data roaming] checkbox is marked.When you arrive overseas and turn on the terminal, an available network is automatically set.・Check that the battery and signal levels are high enough.・Depending on the network operator, even if the Caller ID notification is active, the caller ID may not be notified or appear properly.In this case, calls cannot be made from the call log.You can make a call from overseas using the international roaming service.・You can easily make international calls from the country you stay to Japan or to other countries by entering prefix "+" and then the country code and phone number.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Dial].Making/Receiving calls in the country you stayMaking a call to outside country you stay (including Japan)
228International roaming2Dial + (touch and hold [0])uCountry codeuArea code (City code)uEnter a phone number.・If the area code begins with "0", omit "0". However, "0" may be required to dial to some country or area such as Italy.・To call an overseas "WORLD WING" user, enter "81" (Japan) for the country code.3Tap .❖Information・During international roaming, if you make an international call to Japan using DOCOMO's phonebook application, the "International dialing assist" screen appears. You can make a call without entering country code from that screen.You can make a call by entering the phone number of the other party's land-line phone or mobile phone in the same way you do in Japan.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Dial].2Enter the other party's phone number.・To make a call to land-line phone, enter the area code (city code) + other party's phone number.3Tap .When the other party uses international roaming service, make a call as an international call to Japan even when you stay in the same country as the other party.You can receive a call using the international roaming service.Making a call within the country you stayMaking a call to WORLD WING user overseasReceiving a call in the country you stay
229International roaming1While receiving a call, touch and hold   (left) and drag it to   (right).2When the conversation is finished, tap [End call].❖Information・When you received a call during the international roaming, regardless of which country the call is from, it is forwarded internationally from Japan. A caller is charged for a call fee to Japan, and the receiver is charged for a reception fee.■ Having the other party call you・Calling from Japan to the country you stayTo have the other party make a call from a land-line phone or mobile phone in Japan to the terminal in the country you stay, the other party only needs to dial the phone number as in Japan.・Calling from the country except Japan to the country you stayYou have to receive a call through Japan no matter where you are; therefore, the other party needs to enter the international call access code and "81" (Country code of Japan). International access code - 81 - 90 (or 80) - XXXX - XXXXMake settings for using international roaming or international calls.Set restricting incoming calls overseas or using roaming guidance.・For some overseas network operators, settings may not be made.Restricting incoming calls for roaming1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap  .2Tap [Call settings]u[Roaming settings].3Tap [Restricting incoming calls].・Select items you want to use.International roaming settingsSettings for making/receiving calls overseasActivate restrictingTap any of [Restricting all incomings]/[Restricting incoming of video call/64K data], enter the network security code, and tap [OK].Deactivate restrictingEnter the network security code and tap [OK].Check settingsCheck the current service settings.
230International roamingSetting incoming notification on roaming1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap  .2Tap [Call settings]u[Roaming settings].3Tap [Incoming notification on roaming].・Select items you want to use.Setting roaming guidance1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap  .2Tap [Call settings]u[Roaming settings].3Tap [Roaming guidance].・Select items you want to use.Setting international dial assistance1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap  .2Tap [Call settings]u[Roaming settings].3Tap [International dial assist].・Select items you want to use.Settings Network service (overseas)Set network service such as voice mail from overseas.・If you make the settings overseas, you are charged a call fee to Japan from the country you stay.・For some overseas network operators, settings may not be made.Activate incoming call notificationTap [OK] to activate roaming incoming call notification.Deactiv. incoming call notificationTap [OK] to deactivate roaming incoming call notification.Check settingsCheck the current service settings.Activate roaming guidanceTap [OK] to activate roaming guidance.Deactivate roaming guidanceTap [OK] to deactivate roaming guidance.Check settingsCheck the current service settings.Auto conversionMark the checkbox to add international prefix or country code automatically.Country codeTap [OK] to select a country code which will be used for auto conversion.International prefixTap [OK] to select an international prefix which will be used for auto conversion.
231International roaming1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap  .2Tap [Call settings]u[Roaming settings].3Tap [Network service].・Select items you want to use. You need to set "Remote access" to activate.* Follow the voice prompts to operate.Voicemail(charged)Activate Voicemail (roaming)Tap [OK ].*Deactivate Voicemail (roaming)Tap [OK ].*Play Voicemail message (roaming)Tap [OK]. After this step, follow the voice prompts to play the message.Voicemail settings (roaming)Tap [OK ].*Voicemail ring time (roaming)Tap [OK ].*Incoming call notific. (charged)Tap [OK ].*Caller ID request (charged)Tap [OK ].*Roaming guidance (charged)Tap [OK ].*Remote operation (charged)Tap [OK ].*Call forwarding (charged)Activate call forwardingTap [OK ].*Deactivate call forwardingTap [OK ].*Check settingsTap [OK ].*
232Appendix/IndexAppendix/IndexA variety of commercially available optional devices allows you to expand the terminal's capabilities by supporting a wide range of purpose, including personal and business uses.Some accessories are only available in some areas.For details, please contact a sales outlet such as docomo Shop.For details on optional devices, see the user's manual of each device.・Back Cover SO20・Battery Pack SO06・1Seg antenna cable SO01・Carry Case 02・Pocket charger 01/02・AC Adapter cable SO03・AC Adapter 03・DC Adapter 03・AC Adapter Converter Plug Type C 01・Micro USB Cable 01・Wireless Earphone Set 03・First, check if the software update is necessary for the terminal. If necessary, perform the software update (P.240).・When checking the following items not to improve the state, contact the phone number given in "Repairs" the last page of this manual (in Japanese only) or DOCOMO-specified repair office.■ Power supply■ ChargingOptional and related devicesTroubleshootingTroubleshootingCannot power on the terminal.・Is the battery pack installed correctly? P.25・Check if the battery pack is not run out. P.26Cannot charge the terminal.(The notification LED does not turn on, or the icon that means charging does not appear.)・Is the battery pack installed correctly? P.25・Check if the adapter's power plug or cigarette lighter plug is correctly inserted to an outlet or cigarette lighter socket.P. 2 8・Check if the adapter cable and the terminal are set correctly.P. 2 8
233Appendix/Index■ Terminal operation・If you execute calls, communications or other function operations for a long time while charging, the terminal may become hot and the battery status icon may not indicate charging (charging stops) or charging may not be completed. In this case, wait until the temperature of the terminal drops and charge again.−The notification LED blinks in red and cannot operate the terminal.・When the battery level is low, charge the battery.P. 2 6Become hot while operating/charging.・While calling, depending on the radio wave condition or call duration time, the terminal may become hot. This condition is not abnormal.−・While operating or charging, or if you watch 1Seg, record video etc. for a long time while charging the battery, the terminal, battery pack and adapter may become hot. There is no problem about safety and continue to use it.−The operation time provided by the battery pack is short.・Is your terminal left for a long time under the state of out of service area?Out of service area, more power is consumed to search available radio waves.−・The operating time of the battery pack varies depending on the operating environment and the degradation level of the battery pack.P. 2 7・Battery pack is a consumable accessory. The usage duration of the battery per one charge decreases gradually each time the battery is recharged.If the operation time is too short with fully charged state, purchase a new battery pack of the specified type.−Turning the power off or restarting automatically happens.・If the terminals of battery pack are dirty, the contact may become poor and the power may shut OFF. Clean the terminals of the battery pack with a dry cotton swab etc. if they are dirty.−No operations are performed even by pressing the keys on the terminal.・Check if you activate the screen lock. P.142The screen reacts slowly when a button is pressed.・When large amount of data is saved in the terminal or transferring large-size data between the terminal and microSD card, the reactions on the screen may be delayed.−The docomo mini UIM card is not recognized.・Check if the docomo mini UIM card is attached in the right direction.P. 2 3
234Appendix/Index■ Phone callThe clock is not on time.・The clock time may become wrong while turning on the power for a long time. Check if "Automatic date & time" is set to on and turn the power off and on in a place with strong radio wave conditions.P. 1 4 6The terminal operation is unstable.・Instability may be caused by applications that you installed after purchasing the terminal. If the symptom is improved when you boot the terminal in safe mode (near default state), uninstalling the installed application may improve the symptom.To boot the terminal in safe mode, press and hold p for over a second with the terminal OFF until XPERIA logo appears, and then touch and hold m at the bottom until the terminal vibrates once. When safe mode is booted, "Safe mode" is displayed at the lower left of the screen.To exit the safe mode, turn power OFF and then ON.* Back up the necessary data before using safe mode.* Some widgets that you created may be removed.* Safe mode is not a normal booting state. To use ordinarily, exit the safe mode.−Applications cannot be operated properly (applications cannot be activated, or errors occur frequently).・Are there any applications being disabled? Enable disabled applications, then retry.P. 1 3 3Cannot make a call even if you press the dial button.・Check if you activate the SIM card lock. P.141・Check if you activate Airplane mode. P.118The ringtone does not sound.・Is the call alert volume of volume setting set to silent?P. 1 2 5・Check if the silent mode is active. P.126・Is the ring time for Voice Mail service or Call Forwarding Service "0 Sec."?P. 8 4Calls are not connected.(Even when moving "圏外 (out of service area)" does not disappear, or although radio waves are enough, making/receiving calls is unavailable.)・Turn the power OFF and ON, or remove and attach docomo mini UIM card.P. 2 3P. 2 5P. 3 0・Due to the nature of radio waves, making/receiving calls may be unavailable even when "not out of service area" or "  appears on the display for the radio wave condition". Move to the other place and call again.−
235Appendix/Index■ Display■ Sound■ Display data■ Camera■ 1Seg■ Osaifu-Keitai・Due to the crossing of radio waves, at the crowded public places, calls/mails are crossed and the connection status may not be good. Move to other place or call again at other time.−The display is dim.・Check if the backlight time-out is set. P.127・Check if the brightness of screen is changed.P. 1 2 7・Check if you activate ecoモード (eco mode).P. 7 2・Check if you cover the Proximity sensor with sticker etc.P. 2 2・When the temperature of the terminal becomes high while using, the display may become darker. It is not abnormal.−During a voice call, the distant party's voice is hard to listen to or too loud.・Check if the listening volume of the sound volume setting is changed.P. 8 1Images or ringtones set in each feature do not work and the terminal operates in the default data.・Is the inserted docomo mini UIM card the same one that is set when the images or ringtones are obtained?−Still images and video taken with the camera are blurred.・Check if clouds or dirt attach to the lens of camera.−・To shoot a portrait image, use the face detection function.P. 1 8 0・Shoot using shake reducing function. P.187P. 1 9 2Watching 1Seg is unavailable.・Are you out of terrestrial digital TV broadcasting service area or in a place where airwave is weak?−・Is channel set? P.168Cannot hear sound.・Is Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample) removed from 1Seg antenna cable when watching 1Seg using the Stereo Headset with Microphone (Sample)?P. 1 6 8Osaifu-Keitai function is unavailable.・When removing the battery pack, Osaifu-Keitai functions are unavailable regardless of the Osaifu-Keitai lock settings.−・Is Osaifu-Keitai lock activated? P.165・Do you place   mark of the terminal over an IC card reader?P. 1 6 4
236Appendix/Index■ International roaming■ Data managementCannot use the terminal overseas.■When antenna mark is displayed・Do you subscribe WORLD WING?Check if you subscribe WORLD WING.−■Out of service area indicator appears・Check if you are out of the international roaming service area or in an area with poor signal strength. Check if the service area and network operator are available, referring to "Mobile Phone User's Guide [International Services]" or DOCOMO International Services website.・Change the network settings or overseas network operator settings.Set "Search mode" to "Automatic" in "Service providers" settings.Set "Network Mode" to "LTE (preferred)/WCDMA/GSM".・Turning off the terminal and then turning on again may work for the restoration.P. 2 2 4P. 2 2 5P. 2 2 6P. 3 0Cannot perform data communication overseas.・Mark the data roaming checkbox. P.226The terminal suddenly became unavailable while using overseas.・Check if usage amount exceeds the limit of maximum charges for use.For use of "International roaming (WORLD WING)", the limit of maximum charges for use is set in advance. If exceeding the limit of maximum charges for use, pay the charges.−Cannot receive calls overseas.・Is "Restricting incoming calls" set to "Activate restricting"?P. 2 2 8No caller ID is notified/A notified caller ID is different from that of the caller/Functions for using contents saved in phonebook or those using Caller ID notification do not operate.・Even if a caller notifies its caller ID, it is not displayed on the terminal unless the network or network operator notifies it. And a different caller ID may be notified depending on the network or network operator you use.−Data transfer is not performed.・Check if USB hub is used. If you use USB hub, operations may not be performed correctly.−Data saved in microSD card is not displayed.・Remove the microSD card and insert it again.P. 2 4When trying to display an image, "×" appears instead of it.Or "×" appears for the demo play or the preview function.・"×" may appear instead of destroyed image data.−
237Appendix/Index■ Bluetooth functionNo service・The terminal is out of service area, or the received signal is too weak. Move to a location where radio signal can be reached.・The docomo mini UIM card is not working properly.Insert the docomo mini UIM card in another terminal. If this works, it is probably the terminal that is causing the problem. In this case, contact "Repairs" on the last page of this manual (in Japanese only).Removing and inserting docomo mini UIM card may improve the problem.SIM card is lockedEnter your PIN code (P.140) correctly.SIM card is PUK-lockedEnter your PUK (Personal Unblocking Key) (P.141) correctly.The phone storage is fullThere is no memory space. Delete unnecessary applications (P.132) to obtain memory space.The terminal cannot be connected to a Bluetooth communication device/A Bluetooth communication device cannot be found from the terminal.・Make Bluetooth communication device (commercial item) registering stand-by state and then register the device on the terminal. If you delete already registered device and register the device again as a new device, delete the registrations on both Bluetooth communication device (commercial item) and the terminal and then perform registration of the devices.P. 1 5 7Calls cannot be made from the terminal connecting to external device such as car navigation or handsfree device.・If calls are made several times when the other party does not answer or is out of service, the call to this number may be disabled. In this case, turn terminal off and on.−Error messages
238Appendix/IndexBy sharing screens of your terminal with NTT DOCOMO, you can receive technical support to make settings (in Japanese only).・This service is not available when your docomo mini UIM card is not inserted, during international roaming, or in Airplane mode.・Smartphone Anshin Remote Support is a service requiring subscription.・Some operations and settings are not supported.・For details on Smartphone Anshin Remote Support, refer to NTT DOCOMO website.1Call スマートフォン遠隔サポートセンター (Remote support center for smartphone) (  0120-783-360, Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m., open all year round).2Tap [遠隔サポート (Remote support)].・When you use for the first time, agree to "ソフトウェア使用許諾書 (License Agreement)".3Enter connection number notified by DOCOMO.4Remote support starts when you are connected.・Make sure that the warranty is received with the terminal upon purchase. Check to be sure that "販売店名・お買い上げ日 (the name of the retailer, date of purchase)", and other items have been filled out on the warranty before storing it in a safe place. If any necessary information is not provided, immediately contact the retailer and request to complete the warranty. The terminal comes with a year's free warranty starting from the date of purchase.・Specifications of this product and its accessories are subject to change for improvement without prior notice.・Data saved in the Contacts etc. may be changed/lost due to the trouble/repairs or handling of the terminal. DOCOMO recommends making a copy of the Phonebook data etc., in case.* You can save Phonebook data in a microSD card inserted to the terminal.* Data such as phonebook entries can be backed up to Data center using Data Security Service (subscription is required).Smartphone Anshin Remote Support Warranty and After Sales ServicesWarranty
239Appendix/IndexIf you have problems with the terminalBefore asking repair, see "Troubleshooting" (P.231) in this manual to check the problem. If the problem still persists, contact "Repairs" on the last page of this manual (in Japanese only).If repair is required resultinglyBring the terminal to the DOCOMO-specified repair office. However, it must be taken during business hours of the repair office. Make sure to bring a warranty card with the product when you visit the shop. Note that repair may take some days depending on the problem.■ Within the warranty period・We repair the terminal free of charge based on the terms documented in the warranty.・When requesting a repair, make sure to bring the warranty card with the terminal. Repair requests that are not accompanied by the warranty or that involve malfunction and damage due to incorrect handling by the owner (damage of liquid crystal, connector, etc.) will only be repaired at the owner's expense, even if the warranty period is still effective.・Malfunction due to use of devices and consumable parts other than those specified by DOCOMO will only be repaired at the owner's expense, even if the warranty period is still effective.■ Note that repair may be refused in the following cases:・When the terminal has corrosion due to wet by liquid, condensation, perspiration, etc. or the internal circuit board is damaged or deformed (we may not be able to repair when the microUSB connector, headset connecting jack, liquid crystal, etc. is damaged or the frame itself is cracked) based on the result of our examination.- Even if repair is possible, it will be done at the owner's expense, as this type of corrosion or damage is not covered by the warranty.■ If the warranty period expiresWe will repair the terminal at the owner's expense.After Sales Services
240Appendix/Index■ Parts stock periodThe functional parts necessary to repair the terminal will be basically available for a minimum of six years after the manufacture is discontinued.However, depending on the defective portion, repair may not be possible because of a shortage of repair parts. Note that repair may still be possible depending on the defective portion even if the stock period has expired. Contact "Repairs" on the last page of this manual (in Japanese only).Precautions ●Never modify the terminal or accessories.・Doing so may result in fire, injuries or malfunctions.・The modified terminal may be repaired only if the owner agrees on that all the modified parts are restored to the original conditions.However, repairs may be refused depending on the modifications.The following cases may be considered as modifications.- Put a seal etc. on the liquid crystal or keypad.- Glued decorations on the terminal using adhesion bond, etc.- Change the parts such as exterior to other than DOCOMO standard parts.・Malfunction and damage due to modifications will be repaired at the owner's expense, even if the warranty period is still effective. ●The model plate must not be removed from the terminal.The model plate certifies that the terminal satisfies technical standards. It should be noted that if the plate is removed or is replaced with a different plate, and the original model plate cannot be verified, it may disqualify the unit from repairs due to not being able to determine the technical standards of that particular phone. ●Note that the settings and other information may be reset (cleared) as a result of malfunction, repair or other handling. In this case, make the settings again. ●After the repair, Wi-Fi MAC address or Bluetooth address may be changed regardless of the repaired parts. ●A material that generates a magnetic field is used in the following parts of the terminal.Do not hold an object that is easily affected by magnetism, such as a cash card, close to the terminal. You may not be able to use the card any more.Where it is used: Speaker, earpiece
241Appendix/Index ●If inside of the terminal gets wet or moist, turn the power off, remove the battery pack immediately, and bring the terminal to a repair office as soon as possible. However, repair may not be possible depending on the condition of the terminal.Precautions on memory dial (Phonebook function) and downloaded dataNote that data you created or data you retrieved or downloaded from sources other than your terminal may be changed or lost when you change the model or have repairs done to the terminal. DOCOMO shall have no liability for any change or loss of any kind. Under some circumstances, DOCOMO may replace your terminal with its equivalent instead of repairing it.You can update the terminal to the most recent software for optimal performance and to get the latest enhancements.❖Note・When the terminal is connected to the Internet using the mobile network connection, data communication fee is applied.・Make sure you back up and save all data contained in the terminal before you start updating the terminal.・For the first time activating the terminal after software update, the operation may be slower from several minutes to several ten minutes due to data update. The required time varies by the data in the terminal. Do not turn the power off until usual operation speed comebacks.❖Information・For details, refer to http://www.sonymobile.co.jp/support/ (in Japanese only).Setting notification of Software updateYou can set to be notified of updating software.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Update Center].2Tap   and [Settings].Updating software
242Appendix/Index3Mark [Notifications] checkbox.・To change the notification tone, tap [Notification tone], then tap notification tone you want to change, and then tap [Done].❖Information・If you mark [Notification vibration] checkbox in Step 3, Software update is notified by vibration.Downloading software to updateSoftware can be downloaded wirelessly directly from your terminal via the Internet by using mobile network connection or by using a Wi-Fi network connection.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Update Center].2Tap [System] tab and then  .・The terminal searches for software updates.❖Information・You can also search the software update in the following operation.From the Home screen, tap   and  , then tap [Settings]u[About phone]u[Software update]u[System] and then tap  .・"New apps"/"Updates" tabs in the Update Center screen are not available because the services are not provided in Japan.❖Note・For software update via mobile network, a high packet communication charge will be applied because of a large amount data communication. For this reason, subscription of packet flat-rate service is highly recommended.・While you are using roaming service overseas, you cannot search for or download update software through the mobile network.Updating the latest software automaticallyYou can update the latest software update automatically on regular basis. If software update is searched,   appears on the status bar.1From the Home screen, tap  , then tap [Update Center].2Tap   and [Settings].3Tap [Allow automatic updates], read the notes and tap [OK].Downloading software updates wirelessly
243Appendix/Index❖Note・Note that if you tap   from the Home screen, then tap [Update Center] and   then tap [Settings]u[Preffered data traffic] and then select [Via mobile network/Wi-Fi] in the Preffered data traffic screen, a Wi-Fi connection automatically switches to mobile network communications when the Wi-Fi connection is unstable and packet communication fee may apply.・Note that packet communication fee may apply for searching automatically.You can update software by using PC Companion that can be installed into a PC from the terminal.❖Information・To install PC Companion on a PC, an Internet connection is required.When PC Companion is not installed on your PC1Connect the terminal to a PC using a microUSB cable.2When "PC Companion software" screen appears on the terminal, tap [Install].・Installer of PC Companion starts on the PC.3Follow the onscreen instructions on the PC to install.・After installation, PC Companion starts on the PC. If further software update is searched, it is automatically notified. Follow the onscreen instructions on the PC.When PC Companion is installed on your PC1Check if PC Companion is activated on the PC. If not, activate PC Companion from the Start menu.2Connect the terminal to a PC using a microUSB cable.3Follow the onscreen instructions on the PC.・If available software update is found, it is automatically notified.Connecting to a PC and updating
244Appendix/Index■ The terminalMain specificationProduct nameSO-02ESizeApprox. 115mm (H)×approx. 54mm (W)×approx. 9.4mm (T) (Thickest part : Approx. 9.4mm)WeightApprox. 95g (with battery)StorageROM 8GBRAM 1GBExternal storageCompatible with microSD card of up to 2GB, and microSDHC card of up to 32GB (as of July, 2012).Continuous stand-by timeFOMA/3GApprox. 360 hrs. (stationary)GSMApprox. 280 hrs. (stationary)LTEApprox. 240 hrs. (stationary)Continuous call timeFOMA/3GApprox. 350 min.GSMApprox. 360 min.Charging timeAC Adapter 03Approx. 150 min.DC Adapter 03Approx. 160 min.1Seg watching timeApprox. 320 min.Display TypeTFT16,777,216 colorsSizeApprox. 3.7 inchesNumber of dotsWidth 540 dots×Height 960 dotsImage pickup deviceTypeCamera : CMOSFront camera : CMOSSizeCamera: 1/4.0 inchesFront camera : 1/13.0 inchesCamera pixelsCamera : Effective pixels : Approx. 8,100,000 pixels (Recorded pixels : Approx. 8,000,000 pixels)Front camera : Effective pixels : Approx. 310,000 pixels (Recorded pixels : Approx. 310,000 pixels)Digital zoomCamera : Max. 16x (41 levels)Front camera : ―Still image capture sizeCamera : 3264×2448 (8MP 4:3)3264×1836(6MP 16:9)1632×1224 (2MP 4:3)1920×1080 (2MP 16:9)Front camera : 640×480 (VGA)
245Appendix/Index*1 Not available when docomo mini UIM card is not inserted.*2 It is confirmed that the terminal and all Bluetooth devices are compliant with Bluetooth standards designated by Bluetooth SIG, and they are authenticated. However, procedures may differ or data transfer may not be possible depending on the device's characteristics or specifications.*3 May vary by the signal status and/or whether there is an interference between communications devices.*4 Bluetooth standards for Bluetooth device connection procedure according to the product's applications.・Continuous call time is an estimate of the operation time for calling when radio signal reception is normal.・Continuous stand-by time is an estimate of the stand-by time when radio signal reception is normal.In certain circumstances, the stand-by time may drop to as low as half the time shown due to the battery charge, function settings, temperature, or radio signal reception in the area (no reception or weak).・A use of the Internet reduces the actual call (communication)/stand-by time.Composing messages or activating the camera or applications also reduces call (communication)/stand-by time even if you do not call or use the Internet.・Stationary continuous stand-by time is the estimated average operation time when radio signal reception is normal.・Moving continuous stand-by time is the estimated average operation time when the terminal remains in the combined conditions of "stationary" or "moving" in a service area when radio signal reception is normal and the condition of "out of area".Video recording sizeVideo camera : 1920×1080 (Full HD)1280×720 (HD 720p)640×480 (VGA)Front video camera : 640×480 (VGA)320×240 (QVGA)Frame rateMax. 30 fpsWireless LAN Compliant with IEEE802.11a*1/b/g/n (Corresponding frequency band to IEEE802.11n : 2.4GHz/5GHz)Bluetooth Supported Bluetooth versionCompliant with Bluetooth standard Ver. 3.1*2Radio powerBluetooth standard Power Class 1Available communication distance*3Within approx. 10 mSupported Bluetooth profile*4A 2 D P,  AVR C P,  H F P,  H I D,  H S P,  O P P,  PA N ,  P B A P,  S P P
246Appendix/Index・Charging time is an estimate of the time required to charge a completely empty battery pack.■ Battery Pack■ File formatThe terminal supports the display or playback of the following file format:* Still images are saved in JPEG format when shot with Camera in the terminal.■ Numbers of still images (Estimation)* Number of images shot with a resolution of 2MP.■ Time length of shooting video (Estimation)* Time of recording with a resolution of 640×480 (VGA).Product nameBattery Pack SO06Battery typeLithium Ion BatteryVoltageDC3.7VCurrent1500mAhType File formatSoundWAV (PCM, G.711) (.wav), AAC (.3gp, .m4a, .mp4), AAC+ (.3gp, .m4a, .mp4), eAAC+ (.3gp, .m4a, .mp4), MP3 (.mp3), AMR-NB (.3gp), AMR-WB (.3gp), MIDI (SP-MIDI/GM/GML (.mid), XMF (.xmf ), Mobile XMF 1.0 (.mxmf ), RTTTL/RTX (.rtttl, .rtx), OTA (.ota), iMelody (.imy)), Ogg Vorbis (.ogg), FLAC (.flac), PIFF (.isma)Still image*JPEG (.jpeg, .jpg), GIF (.gif), PNG (.png), BMP (.bmp), WEBP (.webp)VideoH263 (.3gp, .mp4), H264 AVC (.3gp, .mp4), MPEG-4 SP (.3gp), VP8 (.webm, .mkv), Xvid (.avi), Quicktime (.mov), PIFF (.ismv)Savable number of shot images to the internal storageUp to approx. 5800 imagesSavable number of shot images to a microSD card (1GB)Up to approx. 1600 imagesSavable time of recording to the internal storagePer video : Up to approx. 249 min.In total : Up to approx. 249 min.Savable time of recording to a microSD card (1GB)Per video : Up to approx. 67 min.In total : Up to approx. 67 min.
247Appendix/IndexSoftware delivered with this device and its media is owned by Sony Mobile Communications AB, and/or its affiliated companies and its suppliers and licensors.Sony Mobile grants you a non-exclusive limited licence to use the Software solely in conjunction with the Device on which it is installed or delivered. Ownership of the Software is not sold, transferred or otherwise conveyed.Do not use any means to discover the source code or any component of the Software, reproduce and distribute the Software, or modify the Software. You are entitled to transfer rights and obligations to the Software to a third party, solely together with the Device with which you received the Software, provided the third party agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Licence.This licence exists throughout the useful life of this Device. It can be terminated by transferring your rights to the Device to a third party in writing.Failure to comply with any of these terms and conditions will terminate the licence immediately.Sony Mobile and its third party suppliers and licensors retain all rights, title and interest in and to the Software. To the extent that the Software contains material or code of a third party, such third parties shall be beneficiaries of these terms.This licence is governed by the laws of Sweden. When applicable, the foregoing applies to statutory consumer rights.In the event Software accompanying or provided in conjunction with your device is provided with additional terms and conditions, such provisions shall also govern your possession and usage of the Software.End User Licence AgreementEnd User Licence Agreement
248Appendix/IndexThis product includes certain open source or other software originating from third parties that is subject to the GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU Library/Lesser General Public License (LGPL) and different and/or additional copyright licenses, disclaimers and notices. The exact terms of GPL, LGPL and some other licenses, disclaimers and notices are reproduced in the about box in this product and are also available at http://opensource.sonymobile.com.Sony Mobile offers to provide source code of software licensed under the GPL or LGPL or some other open source licenses allowing source code distribution to you on a CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of performing such distribution, such as the cost of media, shipping and handling, upon written request to Sony Mobile Communications AB, Open Source Software Management, Nya Vattentornet, SE-221 88 Lund, Sweden. This offer is valid for a period of three (3) years from the date of the distribution of this product by Sony Mobile.This product and its accessories may be covered and controlled by Japan's export control regulations ("Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Law" and related laws and regulations). If you wish to export this product and/or its accessories, you must complete the necessary procedures at your own responsibility and cost. For details about the procedure, contact the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry.About Open Source SoftwareAbout Open Source SoftwareExport Controls and Regulations
249Appendix/IndexAbout the Copyright and Portrait rightsCopyrighted contents you recorded or obtained from sites or Internet home pages using this product by downloading or other means, such as documents, images, music data, software, are prohibited from reproduction, transformation and transmission over public lines without consent of the copyright holders, unless intended for personal use or any other purpose permitted by law.Note that some performances, shows, and exhibitions may not allow photography, movie shooting, or sound recording even for personal use.You should also refrain from taking a picture of other people and disclosing it by such means as posting it on a site on the Internet without their consent because of possible infringement of their right of portrait.TrademarksThe company names and product names appearing in this manual are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.・"FOMA", "i-mode", "i-αppli", "Deco-mail", "sp-mode", "WORLD WING", "WORLD CALL", "ToruCa", "mopera", "mopera U", "iD", "Xi" and logo of "ToruCa" are trademarks or registered trademarks of NTT DOCOMO, INC.・"Bluetooth" is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG. INC., and Sony Mobile Communications is licensed to use them.・"Wi-Fi" is a registered trademark of Wi-Fi Alliance.・Wi-Fi Protected Setup and Wi-Fi Protected Setup logos are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance.・The Wi-Fi Protected Setup Mark is a mark of the Wi-Fi Alliance.・"Catch Phone (Call waiting service)" is a registered trademark of Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation.・Rovi, G-GUIDE, G-GUIDE MOBILE and their logos are trademarks or registered trademarks in Japan of U.S. Rovi Corporation and/or its affiliates.Intellectual Property Right
250Appendix/Index・"Xperia", "Timescape" and "Live Ware" are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sony Mobile Communications AB.・"Media Go" is a trademark or registered trademark of Sony Media Software and Services.・"PlayStation" and " " are trademarks or registered trademarks or Sony Computer Entertainment Inc.・"BRAVIA", "Sony", "Sweep Multi Angle", "Sweep Panorama", "WALKMAN", "xLOUD", "FeliCa" and "Reader" are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sony Corporation.・"POBox" and "POBox" logo are registered trademarks of Sony Computer Science Laboratories, Inc."POBox" is a co-developed technology of Sony Computer Science Laboratories, Inc. and Sony Mobile Communications Japan, Inc.・microSD logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC.・ is a registered trademark of FeliCa Networks, Inc.・FeliCa is a contactless IC card technology developed by Sony Corporation.・"Twitter" is a trademark or registered trademark of Twitter, Inc.・"Google" and "Google" logo, "Android" and "Android" logo, "Google Play" and "Google Play" logo, "Google+", "Gmail", "mobile Google Maps", "Google Talk", "Google Latitude", "Google Calendar", "YouTube" and "YouTube" logo and "Picasa" are trademarks or registered trademarks of Google, Inc.・"Facebook" is a trademark or registered trademark of Facebook, Inc.・mixi and mixi logo are registered trademarks of mixi, Inc.・DLNA is a trademark or registered trademark of the Digital Living Network Alliance.・HDMI, the HDMI Logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface, are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC.・"Microsoft", "Windows", "Outlook", "Windows Vista", "Windows Server", "Windows Media" and "ActiveSync" are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.・This product contains technology subject to certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use or distribution of this technology outside of this product is prohibited without the appropriate license(s) from Microsoft.
251Appendix/Index・Content owners use Microsoft PlayReady™ content access technology to protect their intellectual property, including copyrighted content. This device uses PlayReady technology to access PlayReady-protected content and/or WMDRM-protected content. If the device fails to properly enforce restrictions on content usage, content owners may require Microsoft to revoke the device's ability to consume PlayReady-protected content. Revocation should not affect unprotected content or content protected by other content access technologies. Content owners may require you to upgrade PlayReady to access their content. If you decline an upgrade, you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade.・This product is licensed under the MPEG-4 visual and AVC patent portfolio license for the personal and non-commercial use of a consumer for (i) encoding video in compliance with the MPEG-4 visual standard ("MPEG-4 video") or the AVC standard ("AVC video") and/or (ii) decoding MPEG-4 or AVC video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a personal and non-commercial activity and/or was obtained from a video provider licensed by MPEG LA to provide MPEG-4 and/or AVC video. No license is granted or shall be implied for any other use. Additional information including that relating to promotional, internal and commercial uses and licensing may be obtained MPEG LA, L.L.C. ("See http://www.mpegla.com "). MPEG Layer-3 audio decoding technology licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.・Other product and company names mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners.In context, TM and ® mark are omitted.・Any rights not expressly granted herein are reserved. All other trademarks are property of their respective owners.
252Appendix/IndexThis terminal supports SIM unlock. If you release SIM lock, you can use SIM by a carrier other than NTT DOCOMO.・The SIM unlock service is provided at a docomo Shop.・A SIM unlock charge is separately required.・If you use a SIM other than by DOCOMO, LTE system is not available. Available services and functions will be limited. DOCOMO is not liable to any failures or malfunctions.・For details of SIM unlock, refer to NTT DOCOMO website.SIM unlock
253Appendix/IndexAAbout phone・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 148Access pointBlock access point change・・・・・・・・・・・・ 123Initializing・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 124Setting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 122Accessibility・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 148Account settingFacebook・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 136Google・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 134Removing・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 137Accounts & sync・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 134Auto-sync・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 137Adjusting sound volume・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 125Airplane mode・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 118Alarm & clock・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 215Setting alarm・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 216Album・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 195Anshin Scan・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 71Application screen・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 66Group・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 74, 75Learning・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 66Recommends・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 66, 76Switching・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 76Applications・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 66Adding to Home screen・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 73Icon・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 67Managing・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 131Searching・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 75Sorting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 73Uninstalling・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 65, 73, 132Applications button・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 60, 66Apps・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 131Audible touch tones・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 126AUTO-GPS・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 134Auto-rotate screen・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 38BBacklightTurning off・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・30, 127Turning on・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・31, 148Backup & reset・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 146Battery・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 131Battery level・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・27, 148Battery pack・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 25Bluetooth・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 156Pair setting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 157Phone name・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 157Bluetooth keyboard・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 59Book Store MyShelf・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 71Bookmark・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 111Bookmarking a web page・・・・・・・・・・・・ 111Editing・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 111Opening・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 111Brightness・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 127CCalculator・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 69Calendar・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 213Creating schedule・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 213Viewing schedule・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 214Call・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 77Index
254Appendix/IndexDeclining・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 79, 80Ending a call・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 78Hold・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 81Making・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 77, 80Mute・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 81Receiving・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 78, 80Speaker・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 81Call forwarding service・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 84Call history・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 82Adding to Phonebook・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 83Deleting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 83Making a call・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 83Call notification・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 84Call settings・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・84, 125Call Waiting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 84Caller ID display request service・・・・・・・・・・ 84Caller ID notification・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 84Camera・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 175Face detection・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 180Front camera・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 182Front video camera・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 189Quick launch・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 179Recording videos・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 189Settings (still camera)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 185Settings (video camera)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 190Shooting still pictures・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 178Smile detection・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 181Sweep Multi Angle・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 183Sweep Panorama・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1833D Sweep Panorama・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 183Character entry・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 40Character mode・・・・・・・・・・・ 43, 46, 49, 51Input method・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 43, 46, 49, 51Settings・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 53Charging・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 26Using a PC・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 29Using AC adapter・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 28Using DC adapter・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 28Chat・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 106Checkbox・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 39Connected devices (Media server)・・・・・・・ 159Contact Picker 2.3・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 58Contacts・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 68DData synchronizationAuto-sync・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 137Data usage・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 117Date & time・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 146Developer options・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 148Device・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 125Dial・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 67Disaster kit・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 68Display・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 127dmarket・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 161dmenu・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 161docomo backup・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 67docomo mini UIM card・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 18, 23PIN・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 141docomo service・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 134Download・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 70EEar speaker volume・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 81Early Warning "Area Mail"・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 107eBook Reader by Sony・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 69eco mode・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 72Email・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 99Deleting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 102
255Appendix/IndexForwarding・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 102Initial settings・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 99Receiving・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 101Replying・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 102Saving attachment file・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 102Sending・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 100Email accountAdding・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 104Changing・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 103Deleting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 104Emergency call・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 77English guidance・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 84FFacebook・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 136FM radio・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 174Foursquare・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 204GG-GUIDE Program table・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 68Gmail・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 106Google・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 134Google Maps・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 209Current location・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 210Directions・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 211Google Latitude・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 212Layers・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 211Street View・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 210Google Talk・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 106Google+・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 71GPS function・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 207Enabling GPS function・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 209Enabling Wireless networks・・・・・・・・・・・ 209HHandwriting input・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 51HDMI・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 200HighlightCam・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 71Home application・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 60, 76Home screen・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 60Adding・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 64Deleting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 64Folder・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 63Group・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 64Kisekae・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 63Learning・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 60List・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 61Shortcut・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 61, 65Sorting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 65Wallpaper・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 63Widget・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 62, 65IIC Tag/Barcode Reader・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 69i-channel・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 67i-concier・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 67Index character・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 38Infrared communication・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 153Infrared data port・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 22, 153Initial settings・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 31Internal storage・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 129Format・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 130International call・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 78International roaming・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 72International roaming service・・・・・・・・・・・ 222International roaming setting・・・・・・・・・・・ 228IrDA (Infrared communication)・・・・・・・・・・ 153
256Appendix/IndexJJapanese syllabary keyboard・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 49KKeys・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 36Kisekae・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 63Koe-no-Takuhaibin・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 84LLandscape view・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 38Language & input・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 145Let's start PSM・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 69Light sensor・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 22Link・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 110Location services・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 138, 207Location-based Wi-Fi・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 122MMachi-chara・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 67Map Application・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 71Media Go・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 153Media Player・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 201Play list・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 203Playback・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 201Memo・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 69Message (SMS)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 96Deleting message・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 98Deleting thread・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 98New registration of contact・・・・・・・・・・・・ 97Receiving・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 97Sending・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 96Setting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 98Messenger・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 71MHL・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 200microSD card・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・24, 129Format・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 130microUSB cable・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 149Missed call・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 83mixi・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 204Mobile BRAVIA Engine・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 127mopera U・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 124mopera U Mail・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 105Movies・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 69Moving data・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 149Music Unlimited・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 68My profile・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 91NName card creator・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 71Network connection settings・・・・・・・・・・・・ 112Network mode・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 226Network service・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 84Notification icon・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 33Notification LED・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 36Notification panel・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 35Notification ringtone・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 126Nuisance call blocking service・・・・・・・・・・・・ 84OOfficeSuite・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 221Omakase Lock・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 138Online dictionary・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 57Osaifu-Keitai・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 163Osaifu-Keitai Lock Settings・・・・・・・・・・・ 165Own number・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6, 91, 148
257Appendix/IndexPPC Companion・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 150, 242Personal・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 134Personal Unblocking Key (PUK code)・・・・・ 141Phone language・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 145Phonebook・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 85Accounts to display・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 88Adding a new entry・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 86Combining・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 90Communication・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 85Contacts display order・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 87Deleting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 90Editing・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 89Exporting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 94Favorites・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 89Groups・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 88Importing・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 94, 95Infrared・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 92Making a call・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 87My profile・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 91Ringtone・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 90Searching・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 87Sending・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 92Setting photo・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 89TimeLine・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 85Phonebook list screen・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 85Phonepad keyboard・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 43PIN code・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 140Play Movies・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 71Play Store・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 162Deleting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 163Installing・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 162Playing video・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 197POBox Touch User Guide・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 59Preferred apps settings・・・・・・・・・・・・・60, 133Proximity sensor・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 22QQWERTY keyboard・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 46RRadio button・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 39Recent calls screen・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 82Recording videos・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 189Remote operation settings・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 84Remote support・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 70Reset・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 146Ringtone setting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 126Ringtone volume・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・79, 125SSchedule・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 69Screen lock・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・30, 142Changing・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 143Setting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 142Unlocking・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 143Screen lock setting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 128Screenshot・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 38SD card backup・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 219Searching・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 39Voice search・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 39Second call settings・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 84Security・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 138Security codeNetwork security code・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 140Personal Unblocking Key (PUK code)・・・ 141PIN code・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 140Setting menu・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 112
258Appendix/IndexSetup guide・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 31Shabette concier・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 67Shabette-Key-Nyuryoku・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 40Shooting still pictures・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 178Silent mode・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 126SIM card lock・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 141Software keyboard・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 41Software update・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 240Sound・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 125Specific Absorption Rate of Mobile Phone・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 246Specification・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 243sp-mode・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 124sp-mode mail・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 96Status bar・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 33Status icon・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 33Stereo Headset with Microphone・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 80, 174, 194Stopwatch・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 218Storage・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 129System・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 146TTethering・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 120USB tethering・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 120Wi-Fi tethering・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 121Theme・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 127Timer・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 218Timescape・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 204Filter・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 205Setting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 204, 207Tile・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 205ToruCa・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 166Touch screen・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 37Drag・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 37Flick・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 37Pinch・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 37Scroll・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 37Tap・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 37Touch and hold・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 37Transferring data・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 149Troubleshooting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 231Turning power on/off・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 30Twitter・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・71, 204UUpdate Center・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 240USB connection・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・29, 149USB keyboard・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 59USB storage・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 129Format・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 130User dictionary・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 56English user dictionary・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 56Japanese user dictionary・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 56User dictionary settings・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 56Backing up and restoring・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 57VVibration・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 98, 126, 216Video Unlimited・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 68Viewing photos・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 196Voice mail service・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 84VPN・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 119WWALKMAN・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 68Wallpaper・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 63Web browser・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 108Adding a tab・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 109
259Appendix/IndexAdjusting settings・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 110Closing・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 109Copying text・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 109Displaying・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 109Exiting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 109Going back to the previous page・・・・・・ 108Moving・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 108Opening・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 108Searching text・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 109Setting home page・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 110Switching tabs・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 109Zooming in/out・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 109Web history・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 111Wi-Fi・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 112Sleep policy・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 116Wi-Fi Direct・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 122Wireless & networks・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 112Word suggestion・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 55Words by learning・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 56WORLD CALL・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 78World clock・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 217WORLD WING・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 222XxLOUD・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 125Xperia・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 133Xperia Chinese keyboard・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 40Xperia Japanese keyboard・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 40Setting・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 53Xperia keyboard・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 40Xperia Start Up・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 70YYouTube・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 198Numerics1Seg・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・68, 167Initial settings・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 168TVlink・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 171Watching program・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1691Seg antenna cable・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 167
Don't forget your mobile phone ... or your manners!Remember to be courteous to others when you use your terminal.Turn the power off when you are:■In places where use is prohibitedBe sure to switch the power off in an aircraft or a hospital.* Turn off your terminal even in hospital lobbies and waiting rooms as well as hospital wards if electronic medical devices may be in use near you.■In crowded places such as peak-hour trains if implanted electronic medical devices may be in use near youRadio waves emitted by the terminal may adversely affect implanted pacemakers and ICDs when used in close proximity.■DrivingUsing a handheld mobile phone while driving will result in a penalty.However, absolutely necessary cases such as rescue of a sick person or maintaining public's safety are exempted.■In places such as theaters, cinemas, and art galleriesUsing the terminal in a public place, where you need to be quiet, annoys people around you.Keep your voice and ring tone down■Keep your voice down in quiet places like restaurants and hotel lobbies.■If you are in an outdoor public place, make sure you do not disturb others.Respect privacyPlease be considerate of the privacy of individuals around you when taking and sending photos using camera-equipped mobile phones.Have good mannersThe terminal is equipped with useful functions not to answer an incoming call or to mute the sound.【Vibrate】 (P.126)Vibrates when there is an incoming call.【Silent mode】 (P.126)Silent mode mutes the sounds of the terminal such as the keypad sounds and the ring tone.* Shutter sound cannot be muted.You can also use optional services such as the Voice Mail Service (P.84) and Call Forwarding Service (P.84).Make various applications or charge your billing plan, check your charges and points, and more online.sp-mode: dmenu ⇒ "お客様サポートへ(To Customer support)" ⇒ "各種お申込・お手続き (Various applications/procedures)"PC: My docomo (http://www.mydocomo.com/) ⇒ 各種お申込・お手続き (Various applications/procedures)(In Japanese only)* When using with sp-mode, "Network security code" is required.* When using with sp-mode, you may be charged.* "docomo ID and password" are required for use.* Please contact "General Inquiries" described on the last page of this manual if you forget or do not have "docomo ID and password".* May not be available in some cases depending on the conditions of your subscription.* There are cases where the site may not be available due to system maintenance, etc.
Sales: NTT DOCOMO, INC.Manufacturer: Sony Mobile Communications Japan, Inc’13.01 (1st Edition) 1270-5847.1General Inquiries <docomo Information Center>0120-005-250  (toll free)*Service available in: English, Portuguese, Chinese, Spanish, Korean.*Unavailable from part of IP phones.(Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.)■From DOCOMO mobile phones (In Japanese only)(No prefix) 151 (toll free)*Unavailable from land-line phones, etc.■From land-line phones (In Japanese only)0120-800-000 (toll free)*Unavailable from part of IP phones.(Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. (open all year round))●Please confirm the phone number before you dial.●For Applications or Repairs and After-Sales Service, please contact the above-mentioned information center or the docomo   Shop etc. near you on the NTT DOCOMO website.  NTT DOCOMO website  http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/Loss or theft of terminal or payment of cumulative cost overseas<docomo Information Center> (available 24 hours a day)From DOCOMO mobile phonesFailures encountered overseas<Network Support and Operation Center>(available 24 hours a day)From DOCOMO mobile phonesInternational call access code for the country you stay -81-3-6832-6600* (toll free)*You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a land-line phone, etc.*If you use SO-02E, you should dial the number +81-3-6832-6600 (to enter '+', touch and hold '0').From land-line phones<Universal number>Universal number internationalprefix -8000120-0151**You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call rate for the country you stay.*For international call access codes for major countries and universal number international prefix, refer to DOCOMO International Services website.●If you lose your terminal or have it stolen, immediately take the steps necessary for suspending the use of the terminal.●If the terminal you purchased is damaged, bring your terminal to a repair counter specified by DOCOMO after returning to Japan.Don’t forget your mobile phone・・・or your manners!٧When using your mobile phone in a public place, don’t forget to show common courtesy and consideration for others around you.-81-3-6718-1414* (toll free)International call access code for the country you stay*You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a land-line phone, etc.*If you use SO-02E, you should dial the number +81-3-6718-1414 (to enter '+', touch and hold '0').From land-line phones<Universal number>Repairs■From DOCOMO mobile phones (In Japanese only)(No prefix) 113 (toll free)*Unavailable from land-line phones, etc.■From land-line phones (In Japanese only)0120-800-000 (toll free)*Unavailable from part of IP phones.(Business hours: 24 hours (open all year round))Samples■Sony Mobiles Communications Japan, IncInquiries: Customer support center (In Japanese only)0120-111-156 Available also from mobile phones, IP phones.From part of IP phones, 0466-31-2516●Please confirm the phone number before you dial.(Business hours: Weekdays 10:00 to 18:00, Saturday/Sunday/National holidays 10:00 to 17:00)Website  http://www.sonymobile.co.jp/ (In Japanese only)-8005931-8600*Universal number internationalprefix*You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call rate for the country you stay.*For international call access codes for major countries and universal number international prefix, refer to DOCOMO International Services website.We collect old phones, etc. regardless of brands and manufacturers. Bring them to your nearest docomo Shop.*Items to be collected: mobile phones, PHS, battery packs, chargers, desktop holders (regardless of brands and manufacturers)Li-ion 00

Navigation menu